blob: d01516c77fe039b167fcccbecaab6c7daa83c3ed [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner5b12ab82007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +000015#include "SemaInit.h"
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +000016#include "Lookup.h"
Chris Lattnercb6a3822006-11-10 06:20:45 +000017#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar6e8aa532008-08-11 05:35:13 +000018#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000020#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff021ca182008-05-29 21:12:08 +000021#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000022#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +000023#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000024#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000025#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
26#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000027#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner07d754a2008-10-26 23:43:26 +000028#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000029#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Douglas Gregorb53edfb2009-11-10 19:49:08 +000030#include "clang/Parse/Template.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000031using namespace clang;
32
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +000033
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000034/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
35/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
36///
37/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
38/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
39/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
40/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
41/// function is being used.
42///
Chris Lattnerb7df3c62009-10-25 22:31:57 +000043/// If IgnoreDeprecated is set to true, this should not want about deprecated
44/// decls.
45///
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000046/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
47/// referenced), false otherwise.
Chris Lattnerb7df3c62009-10-25 22:31:57 +000048///
John McCall28a6aea2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000049bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000050 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000051 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
John McCall28a6aea2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000052 EmitDeprecationWarning(D, Loc);
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000053 }
54
Chris Lattnera27dd592009-10-25 17:21:40 +000055 // See if the decl is unavailable
56 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
57 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
58 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
59 }
60
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000061 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000062 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000063 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
64 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
65 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
66 return true;
67 }
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000068 }
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000069
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000070 return false;
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000071}
72
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000073/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000074/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000075/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
76///
77void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000078 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000079 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000080 if (!attr)
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000081 return;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000082 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
83 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000084
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +000085 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
86 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000087 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +000088 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
89 int isMethod = 0;
90 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
91 // skip over named parameters.
92 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
93 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
94 if (nullPos)
95 --nullPos;
96 else
97 ++i;
98 }
99 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
100 isMethod = 1;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000101 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000102 // skip over named parameters.
103 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
104 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
105 if (nullPos)
106 --nullPos;
107 else
108 ++i;
109 }
110 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000111 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000112 // block or function pointer call.
113 QualType Ty = V->getType();
114 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000115 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000116 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()
117 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000118 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
119 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
120 unsigned k;
121 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
122 if (nullPos)
123 --nullPos;
124 else
125 ++i;
126 }
127 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
128 }
129 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
130 isMethod = 2;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000131 } else
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000132 return;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000133 } else
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000134 return;
135
136 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000137 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000138 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000139 return;
140 }
141 int sentinel = i;
142 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
143 --sentinelPos;
144 ++i;
145 }
146 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
147 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000148 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000149 return;
150 }
151 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
152 ++i;
153 ++sentinel;
154 }
155 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
Anders Carlsson0b11a3e2009-11-24 17:24:21 +0000156 if (sentinelExpr && (!isa<GNUNullExpr>(sentinelExpr) &&
157 (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
158 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
159 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)))) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000160 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000161 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000162 }
163 return;
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000164}
165
Douglas Gregor87f95b02009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000166SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
167 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
168 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
169}
170
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000171//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
172// Standard Promotions and Conversions
173//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
174
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000175/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
176void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
177 QualType Ty = E->getType();
178 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
179
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000180 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000181 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
Anders Carlsson6904f642009-09-01 20:37:18 +0000182 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000183 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
184 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
185 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
186 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
187 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
188 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
189 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9321c742008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000190 //
191 // C++ 4.2p1:
192 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
193 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
194 //
195 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
196 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Anders Carlsson8fc489d2009-08-07 23:48:20 +0000197 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
198 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000199 }
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000200}
201
202/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000203/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000204/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
205/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
206/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
207Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
208 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
209 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000210
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000211 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
212 //
213 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
214 // unsigned int may be used:
215 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
216 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
217 // and unsigned int.
218 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
219 //
220 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
221 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
222 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
223 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000224 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(Expr);
225 if (!PTy.isNull()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000226 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000227 return Expr;
228 }
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000229 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000230 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000231 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PT, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000232 return Expr;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000233 }
234
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000235 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000236 return Expr;
237}
238
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000239/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000240/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000241/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
242void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
243 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
244 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000245
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000246 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000247 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000248 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000249 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy,
250 CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000251
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000252 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
253}
254
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000255/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
256/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
257/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
258/// completely illegal.
259bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000260 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000261
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +0000262 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType() &&
263 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Expr->getLocStart(),
264 PDiag(diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
265 << Expr->getType() << CT))
266 return true;
Douglas Gregor7ca84af2009-12-12 07:25:49 +0000267
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +0000268 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType() &&
269 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Expr->getLocStart(),
270 PDiag(diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
271 << Expr->getType() << CT))
272 return true;
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000273
274 return false;
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000275}
276
277
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000278/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
279/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000280/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000281/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
282/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
283/// GCC.
284QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
285 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000286 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000287 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000288
289 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000290
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000291 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000292 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000293 QualType lhs =
294 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000295 QualType rhs =
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000296 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000297
298 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
299 if (lhs == rhs)
300 return lhs;
301
302 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
303 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
304 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
305 return lhs;
306
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000307 // Perform bitfield promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000308 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000309 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
310 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000311 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000312 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
313 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
314
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000315 QualType destType = Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000316 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000317 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
318 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000319 return destType;
320}
321
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000322//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
323// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
324//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
325
326
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000327/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000328/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
329/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
330/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
331/// string.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000332///
333Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000334Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000335 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
336
Chris Lattner8a24e582009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000337 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Steve Naroff4f88b312007-03-13 22:37:02 +0000338 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000339 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000340
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +0000341 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000342 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
343 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000344
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000345 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscbad7252008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000346 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000347 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000348
349 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
350 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
351 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000352
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000353 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
354 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
355 // strings.
356 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerd42c29f2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000357 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000358 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000359
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000360 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000361 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
Chris Lattnerf83b5af2009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000362 Literal.GetStringLength(),
363 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
364 &StringTokLocs[0],
365 StringTokLocs.size()));
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000366}
367
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000368/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
369/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
370/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
371/// for values inside the block or for globals).
372///
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000373/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
374/// up-to-date.
375///
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000376static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
377 ValueDecl *VD) {
378 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
379 // we wanted to.
380 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
381 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000382
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000383 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
384 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
385 return false;
386
387 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
388 // snapshot it.
389 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
390 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000391 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
392 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000393
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000394 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
395 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
396
397 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
398 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
399 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
400 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
401 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
402 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
403 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
404 // having a reference outside it.
405 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
406 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000407
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000408 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
409 // a snapshot as well.
410 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
411 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000412
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000413 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000414}
415
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000416
417
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000418/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build a DeclRefExpr.
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000419Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallce546572009-12-08 09:08:17 +0000420Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000421 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000422 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
423 Diag(Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000424 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000425 << D->getDeclName();
426 return ExprError();
427 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000428
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000429 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
430 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
431 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
432 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000433 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000434 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000435 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000436 << D->getIdentifier();
437 return ExprError();
438 }
439 }
440 }
441 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000442
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000443 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000444
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000445 return Owned(DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
446 SS? (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() : 0,
447 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregored6c7442009-11-23 11:41:28 +0000448 D, Loc, Ty));
Douglas Gregorc7acfdf2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000449}
450
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000451/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
452/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
453/// is Record.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000454static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
455 RecordDecl *Record) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000456 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000457 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000458
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000459 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
460 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
461 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000462 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000463 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000464 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000465 D != DEnd; ++D) {
466 if (*D == Record) {
467 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
468 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
469 ++D;
470 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000471 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000472 return *D;
473 }
474 }
475
476 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
477 return 0;
478}
479
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000480/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
481/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
482/// actual member.
483///
484/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
485/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
486/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
487/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
488/// we found.
489///
490/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
491/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
492/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
493VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
494 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000495 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
496 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
497 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
498
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000499 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000500 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
501 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
502 do {
503 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000504 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000505 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000506 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000507 else {
508 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
509 break;
510 }
511 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000512 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000513 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000514
515 return BaseObject;
516}
517
518Sema::OwningExprResult
519Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
520 FieldDecl *Field,
521 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
522 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
523 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000524 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000525 AnonFields);
526
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000527 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
528 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
529 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
530 // found via name lookup.
531 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000532 Qualifiers BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000533 if (BaseObject) {
534 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
535 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000536 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000537 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000538 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000539 SourceLocation());
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000540 BaseQuals
541 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000542 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
543 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
544 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
545 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
546 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000547 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000548 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
549 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
550 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000551 BaseQuals
552 = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000553 } else {
554 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
555 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
556 // program our base object expression is "this".
557 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
558 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000559 QualType AnonFieldType
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000560 = Context.getTagDeclType(
561 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
562 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000563 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000564 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
565 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
566 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000567 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000568 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000569 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
570 }
571 } else {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000572 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
573 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000574 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000575 BaseQuals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000576 }
577
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000578 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000579 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
580 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000581 }
582
583 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
584 // anonymous struct/union.
585 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000586 Qualifiers ResultQuals = BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000587 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
588 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
589 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
590 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000591 Qualifiers MemberTypeQuals =
592 Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
593
594 // CVR attributes from the base are picked up by members,
595 // except that 'mutable' members don't pick up 'const'.
596 if ((*FI)->isMutable())
597 ResultQuals.removeConst();
598
599 // GC attributes are never picked up by members.
600 ResultQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
601
602 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
603 assert(!MemberTypeQuals.hasAddressSpace());
604
605 Qualifiers NewQuals = ResultQuals + MemberTypeQuals;
606 if (NewQuals != MemberTypeQuals)
607 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, NewQuals);
608
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000609 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Eli Friedman78cde142009-12-04 07:18:51 +0000610 PerformObjectMemberConversion(Result, *FI);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000611 // FIXME: Might this end up being a qualified name?
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000612 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
613 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000614 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000615 ResultQuals = NewQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000616 }
617
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000618 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000619}
620
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000621/// Decomposes the given name into a DeclarationName, its location, and
622/// possibly a list of template arguments.
623///
624/// If this produces template arguments, it is permitted to call
625/// DecomposeTemplateName.
626///
627/// This actually loses a lot of source location information for
628/// non-standard name kinds; we should consider preserving that in
629/// some way.
630static void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(Sema &SemaRef,
631 const UnqualifiedId &Id,
632 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
633 DeclarationName &Name,
634 SourceLocation &NameLoc,
635 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs) {
636 if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
637 Buffer.setLAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
638 Buffer.setRAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
639
640 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(SemaRef,
641 Id.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
642 Id.TemplateId->NumArgs);
643 SemaRef.translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, Buffer);
644 TemplateArgsPtr.release();
645
646 TemplateName TName =
647 Sema::TemplateTy::make(Id.TemplateId->Template).getAsVal<TemplateName>();
648
649 Name = SemaRef.Context.getNameForTemplate(TName);
650 NameLoc = Id.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
651 TemplateArgs = &Buffer;
652 } else {
653 Name = SemaRef.GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Id);
654 NameLoc = Id.StartLocation;
655 TemplateArgs = 0;
656 }
657}
658
659/// Decompose the given template name into a list of lookup results.
660///
661/// The unqualified ID must name a non-dependent template, which can
662/// be more easily tested by checking whether DecomposeUnqualifiedId
663/// found template arguments.
664static void DecomposeTemplateName(LookupResult &R, const UnqualifiedId &Id) {
665 assert(Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId);
666 TemplateName TName =
667 Sema::TemplateTy::make(Id.TemplateId->Template).getAsVal<TemplateName>();
668
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000669 if (TemplateDecl *TD = TName.getAsTemplateDecl())
670 R.addDecl(TD);
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +0000671 else if (OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = TName.getAsOverloadedTemplate())
672 for (OverloadedTemplateStorage::iterator I = OT->begin(), E = OT->end();
673 I != E; ++I)
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000674 R.addDecl(*I);
John McCalla9ee3252009-11-22 02:49:43 +0000675
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000676 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000677}
678
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000679static bool IsFullyFormedScope(Sema &SemaRef, CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
680 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = Record->bases_begin(),
681 E = Record->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) {
682 CanQualType BaseT = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType((*I).getType());
683 CanQual<RecordType> BaseRT = BaseT->getAs<RecordType>();
684 if (!BaseRT) return false;
685
686 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
687 if (!BaseRecord->isDefinition() ||
688 !IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, BaseRecord))
689 return false;
690 }
691
692 return true;
693}
694
John McCallf786fb12009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000695/// Determines whether we can lookup this id-expression now or whether
696/// we have to wait until template instantiation is complete.
697static bool IsDependentIdExpression(Sema &SemaRef, const CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000698 DeclContext *DC = SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000699
John McCallf786fb12009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000700 // If the qualifier scope isn't computable, it's definitely dependent.
701 if (!DC) return true;
702
703 // If the qualifier scope doesn't name a record, we can always look into it.
704 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) return false;
705
706 // We can't look into record types unless they're fully-formed.
707 if (!IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))) return true;
708
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000709 return false;
710}
John McCallf786fb12009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000711
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000712/// Determines if the given class is provably not derived from all of
713/// the prospective base classes.
714static bool IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(Sema &SemaRef,
715 CXXRecordDecl *Record,
716 const llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> &Bases) {
John McCalla6d407c2009-12-01 22:28:41 +0000717 if (Bases.count(Record->getCanonicalDecl()))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000718 return false;
719
John McCalla6d407c2009-12-01 22:28:41 +0000720 RecordDecl *RD = Record->getDefinition(SemaRef.Context);
721 if (!RD) return false;
722 Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD);
723
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000724 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = Record->bases_begin(),
725 E = Record->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) {
726 CanQualType BaseT = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType((*I).getType());
727 CanQual<RecordType> BaseRT = BaseT->getAs<RecordType>();
728 if (!BaseRT) return false;
729
730 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000731 if (!IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(SemaRef, BaseRecord, Bases))
732 return false;
733 }
734
735 return true;
736}
737
John McCall5af04502009-12-02 20:26:00 +0000738/// Determines if this is an instance member of a class.
739static bool IsInstanceMember(NamedDecl *D) {
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +0000740 assert(D->isCXXClassMember() &&
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000741 "checking whether non-member is instance member");
742
743 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) return true;
744
745 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
746 return !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isStatic();
747
748 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
749 D = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)->getTemplatedDecl();
750 return !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isStatic();
751 }
752
753 return false;
754}
755
756enum IMAKind {
757 /// The reference is definitely not an instance member access.
758 IMA_Static,
759
760 /// The reference may be an implicit instance member access.
761 IMA_Mixed,
762
763 /// The reference may be to an instance member, but it is invalid if
764 /// so, because the context is not an instance method.
765 IMA_Mixed_StaticContext,
766
767 /// The reference may be to an instance member, but it is invalid if
768 /// so, because the context is from an unrelated class.
769 IMA_Mixed_Unrelated,
770
771 /// The reference is definitely an implicit instance member access.
772 IMA_Instance,
773
774 /// The reference may be to an unresolved using declaration.
775 IMA_Unresolved,
776
777 /// The reference may be to an unresolved using declaration and the
778 /// context is not an instance method.
779 IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext,
780
781 /// The reference is to a member of an anonymous structure in a
782 /// non-class context.
783 IMA_AnonymousMember,
784
785 /// All possible referrents are instance members and the current
786 /// context is not an instance method.
787 IMA_Error_StaticContext,
788
789 /// All possible referrents are instance members of an unrelated
790 /// class.
791 IMA_Error_Unrelated
792};
793
794/// The given lookup names class member(s) and is not being used for
795/// an address-of-member expression. Classify the type of access
796/// according to whether it's possible that this reference names an
797/// instance member. This is best-effort; it is okay to
798/// conservatively answer "yes", in which case some errors will simply
799/// not be caught until template-instantiation.
800static IMAKind ClassifyImplicitMemberAccess(Sema &SemaRef,
801 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +0000802 assert(!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember());
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000803
804 bool isStaticContext =
805 (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext) ||
806 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->isStatic());
807
808 if (R.isUnresolvableResult())
809 return isStaticContext ? IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext : IMA_Unresolved;
810
811 // Collect all the declaring classes of instance members we find.
812 bool hasNonInstance = false;
813 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> Classes;
814 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
815 NamedDecl *D = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl();
816 if (IsInstanceMember(D)) {
817 CXXRecordDecl *R = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
818
819 // If this is a member of an anonymous record, move out to the
820 // innermost non-anonymous struct or union. If there isn't one,
821 // that's a special case.
822 while (R->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
823 R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(R->getParent());
824 if (!R) return IMA_AnonymousMember;
825 }
826 Classes.insert(R->getCanonicalDecl());
827 }
828 else
829 hasNonInstance = true;
830 }
831
832 // If we didn't find any instance members, it can't be an implicit
833 // member reference.
834 if (Classes.empty())
835 return IMA_Static;
836
837 // If the current context is not an instance method, it can't be
838 // an implicit member reference.
839 if (isStaticContext)
840 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed_StaticContext : IMA_Error_StaticContext);
841
842 // If we can prove that the current context is unrelated to all the
843 // declaring classes, it can't be an implicit member reference (in
844 // which case it's an error if any of those members are selected).
845 if (IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(SemaRef,
846 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->getParent(),
847 Classes))
848 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed_Unrelated : IMA_Error_Unrelated);
849
850 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed : IMA_Instance);
851}
852
853/// Diagnose a reference to a field with no object available.
854static void DiagnoseInstanceReference(Sema &SemaRef,
855 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
856 const LookupResult &R) {
857 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
858 SourceRange Range(Loc);
859 if (SS.isSet()) Range.setBegin(SS.getRange().getBegin());
860
861 if (R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>()) {
862 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)) {
863 if (MD->isStatic()) {
864 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
865 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
866 << Range << R.getLookupName();
867 return;
868 }
869 }
870
871 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
872 << R.getLookupName() << Range;
873 return;
874 }
875
876 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_call_without_object) << Range;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000877}
878
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000879/// Diagnose an empty lookup.
880///
881/// \return false if new lookup candidates were found
882bool Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
883 LookupResult &R) {
884 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
885
886 // We don't know how to recover from bad qualified lookups.
887 if (!SS.isEmpty()) {
888 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
889 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
890 << SS.getRange();
891 return true;
892 }
893
894 unsigned diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_var_use;
895 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
896 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName ||
897 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
898 diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_use;
899
900 // Fake an unqualified lookup. This is useful when (for example)
901 // the original lookup would not have found something because it was
902 // a dependent name.
903 for (DeclContext *DC = CurContext; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
904 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
905 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
906
907 if (!R.empty()) {
908 // Don't give errors about ambiguities in this lookup.
909 R.suppressDiagnostics();
910
911 CXXMethodDecl *CurMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
912 bool isInstance = CurMethod &&
913 CurMethod->isInstance() &&
914 DC == CurMethod->getParent();
915
916 // Give a code modification hint to insert 'this->'.
917 // TODO: fixit for inserting 'Base<T>::' in the other cases.
918 // Actually quite difficult!
919 if (isInstance)
920 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name
921 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(R.getNameLoc(),
922 "this->");
923 else
924 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
925
926 // Do we really want to note all of these?
927 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
928 Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_dependent_var_use);
929
930 // Tell the callee to try to recover.
931 return false;
932 }
933 }
934 }
935
936 // Give up, we can't recover.
937 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
938 return true;
939}
940
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000941Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S,
942 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
943 UnqualifiedId &Id,
944 bool HasTrailingLParen,
945 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
946 assert(!(isAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) &&
947 "cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen");
948
949 if (SS.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000950 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000951
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000952 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000953
954 // Decompose the UnqualifiedId into the following data.
955 DeclarationName Name;
956 SourceLocation NameLoc;
957 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000958 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(*this, Id, TemplateArgsBuffer,
959 Name, NameLoc, TemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000960
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000961 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000962
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000963 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
964 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
965 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
966 // names a dependent type.
967 // Determine whether this is a member of an unknown specialization;
968 // we need to handle these differently.
John McCallf786fb12009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000969 if (SS.isSet() && IsDependentIdExpression(*this, SS)) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000970 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, Name, NameLoc,
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +0000971 isAddressOfOperand,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000972 TemplateArgs);
973 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000974
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000975 // Perform the required lookup.
976 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
977 if (TemplateArgs) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000978 // Just re-use the lookup done by isTemplateName.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000979 DecomposeTemplateName(R, Id);
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000980 } else {
981 LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS, true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000982
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000983 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then we need to do
984 // some special Objective-C lookup, too.
985 if (!SS.isSet() && II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
986 OwningExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, II));
987 if (E.isInvalid())
988 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000989
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000990 Expr *Ex = E.takeAs<Expr>();
991 if (Ex) return Owned(Ex);
Steve Naroffebf4cb42008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000992 }
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000993 }
Douglas Gregorf15f5d32009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000994
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000995 if (R.isAmbiguous())
996 return ExprError();
997
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000998 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
999 // argument-dependent lookup.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001000 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, R, HasTrailingLParen);
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001001
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001002 if (R.empty() && !ADL) {
Bill Wendling4073ed52007-02-13 01:51:42 +00001003 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001004 // in C90, extension in C99, forbidden in C++).
1005 if (HasTrailingLParen && II && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1006 NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *II, S);
1007 if (D) R.addDecl(D);
1008 }
1009
1010 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function
1011 // call, diagnose the problem.
1012 if (R.empty()) {
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00001013 if (DiagnoseEmptyLookup(SS, R))
1014 return ExprError();
1015
1016 assert(!R.empty() &&
1017 "DiagnoseEmptyLookup returned false but added no results");
Steve Naroff92e30f82007-04-02 22:35:25 +00001018 }
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +00001019 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001020
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001021 // This is guaranteed from this point on.
1022 assert(!R.empty() || ADL);
1023
1024 if (VarDecl *Var = R.getAsSingle<VarDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001025 // Warn about constructs like:
1026 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
1027 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001028
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001029 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
1030 Scope *CheckS = S;
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001031 while (CheckS && CheckS->getControlParent()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001032 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001033 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001034 ExprError(Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001035 << Var->getDeclName()
1036 << (Var->getType()->isPointerType()? 2 :
1037 Var->getType()->isBooleanType()? 1 : 0));
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001038 break;
1039 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001040
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001041 // Move to the parent of this scope.
1042 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001043 }
1044 }
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001045 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = R.getAsSingle<FunctionDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001046 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
1047 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
1048 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
1049 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
1050 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
1051 // type.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001052 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, NameLoc))
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001053 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001054
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001055 QualType T = Func->getType();
1056 QualType NoProtoType = T;
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001057 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001058 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001059 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, NameLoc, &SS);
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001060 }
1061 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001062
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001063 // Check whether this might be a C++ implicit instance member access.
1064 // C++ [expr.prim.general]p6:
1065 // Within the definition of a non-static member function, an
1066 // identifier that names a non-static member is transformed to a
1067 // class member access expression.
1068 // But note that &SomeClass::foo is grammatically distinct, even
1069 // though we don't parse it that way.
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001070 if (!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001071 bool isAbstractMemberPointer = (isAddressOfOperand && !SS.isEmpty());
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001072 if (!isAbstractMemberPointer)
1073 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs);
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001074 }
1075
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001076 if (TemplateArgs)
1077 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, ADL, *TemplateArgs);
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001078
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001079 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, ADL);
1080}
1081
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001082/// Builds an expression which might be an implicit member expression.
1083Sema::OwningExprResult
1084Sema::BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1085 LookupResult &R,
1086 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
1087 switch (ClassifyImplicitMemberAccess(*this, R)) {
1088 case IMA_Instance:
1089 return BuildImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs, true);
1090
1091 case IMA_AnonymousMember:
1092 assert(R.isSingleResult());
1093 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(R.getNameLoc(),
1094 R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>());
1095
1096 case IMA_Mixed:
1097 case IMA_Mixed_Unrelated:
1098 case IMA_Unresolved:
1099 return BuildImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs, false);
1100
1101 case IMA_Static:
1102 case IMA_Mixed_StaticContext:
1103 case IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext:
1104 if (TemplateArgs)
1105 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, false, *TemplateArgs);
1106 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, false);
1107
1108 case IMA_Error_StaticContext:
1109 case IMA_Error_Unrelated:
1110 DiagnoseInstanceReference(*this, SS, R);
1111 return ExprError();
1112 }
1113
1114 llvm_unreachable("unexpected instance member access kind");
1115 return ExprError();
1116}
1117
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001118/// BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr - Build a C++ qualified
1119/// declaration name, generally during template instantiation.
1120/// There's a large number of things which don't need to be done along
1121/// this path.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001122Sema::OwningExprResult
1123Sema::BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1124 DeclarationName Name,
1125 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
1126 DeclContext *DC;
1127 if (!(DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false)) ||
1128 DC->isDependentContext() ||
1129 RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS))
1130 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, Name, NameLoc, 0);
1131
1132 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1133 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
1134
1135 if (R.isAmbiguous())
1136 return ExprError();
1137
1138 if (R.empty()) {
1139 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_no_member) << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
1140 return ExprError();
1141 }
1142
1143 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /*ADL*/ false);
1144}
1145
1146/// LookupInObjCMethod - The parser has read a name in, and Sema has
1147/// detected that we're currently inside an ObjC method. Perform some
1148/// additional lookup.
1149///
1150/// Ideally, most of this would be done by lookup, but there's
1151/// actually quite a lot of extra work involved.
1152///
1153/// Returns a null sentinel to indicate trivial success.
1154Sema::OwningExprResult
1155Sema::LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S,
1156 IdentifierInfo *II) {
1157 SourceLocation Loc = Lookup.getNameLoc();
1158
1159 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
1160 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
1161 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
1162 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
1163 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
1164
1165 // If we're in a class method, we don't normally want to look for
1166 // ivars. But if we don't find anything else, and there's an
1167 // ivar, that's an error.
1168 bool IsClassMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
1169
1170 bool LookForIvars;
1171 if (Lookup.empty())
1172 LookForIvars = true;
1173 else if (IsClassMethod)
1174 LookForIvars = false;
1175 else
1176 LookForIvars = (Lookup.isSingleResult() &&
1177 Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod());
1178
1179 if (LookForIvars) {
1180 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
1181 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1182 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
1183 // Diagnose using an ivar in a class method.
1184 if (IsClassMethod)
1185 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
1186 << IV->getDeclName());
1187
1188 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
1189 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
1190 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
1191 return ExprError();
1192
1193 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
1194 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
1195 return ExprError();
1196
1197 // Diagnose the use of an ivar outside of the declaring class.
1198 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
1199 ClassDeclared != IFace)
1200 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
1201
1202 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
1203 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
1204 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
1205 UnqualifiedId SelfName;
1206 SelfName.setIdentifier(&II, SourceLocation());
1207 CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec;
1208 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec,
1209 SelfName, false, false);
1210 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
1211 return Owned(new (Context)
1212 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
1213 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
1214 }
1215 } else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
1216 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
1217 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
1218 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1219 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
1220 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
1221 IFace == ClassDeclared)
1222 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
1223 }
1224 }
1225
1226 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
1227 if (Lookup.empty() && II->isStr("super")) {
1228 QualType T;
1229
1230 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
1231 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
1232 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
1233 else
1234 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
1235 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
1236 }
1237
1238 // Sentinel value saying that we didn't do anything special.
1239 return Owned((Expr*) 0);
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001240}
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001241
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001242/// \brief Cast member's object to its own class if necessary.
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001243bool
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001244Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From, NamedDecl *Member) {
1245 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Member))
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001246 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD =
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001247 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001248 QualType DestType =
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001249 Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001250 if (DestType->isDependentType() || From->getType()->isDependentType())
1251 return false;
1252 QualType FromRecordType = From->getType();
1253 QualType DestRecordType = DestType;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001254 if (FromRecordType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001255 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestType);
1256 FromRecordType = FromRecordType->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001257 }
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001258 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType) &&
1259 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
1260 DestRecordType,
1261 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
1262 From->getSourceRange()))
1263 return true;
Anders Carlssona076d142009-07-31 01:23:52 +00001264 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
1265 /*isLvalue=*/true);
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001266 }
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001267 return false;
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001268}
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001269
Douglas Gregorf405d7e2009-08-31 23:41:50 +00001270/// \brief Build a MemberExpr AST node.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001271static MemberExpr *BuildMemberExpr(ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, bool isArrow,
Eli Friedman2cfcef62009-12-04 06:40:45 +00001272 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, ValueDecl *Member,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001273 SourceLocation Loc, QualType Ty,
1274 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0) {
1275 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
1276 SourceRange QualifierRange;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001277 if (SS.isSet()) {
1278 Qualifier = (NestedNameSpecifier *) SS.getScopeRep();
1279 QualifierRange = SS.getRange();
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001280 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001281
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001282 return MemberExpr::Create(C, Base, isArrow, Qualifier, QualifierRange,
1283 Member, Loc, TemplateArgs, Ty);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00001284}
1285
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001286/// Builds an implicit member access expression. The current context
1287/// is known to be an instance method, and the given unqualified lookup
1288/// set is known to contain only instance members, at least one of which
1289/// is from an appropriate type.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001290Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001291Sema::BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1292 LookupResult &R,
1293 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
1294 bool IsKnownInstance) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001295 assert(!R.empty() && !R.isAmbiguous());
1296
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001297 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001298
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001299 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1300 // (C++ [class.union]).
Douglas Gregor6493d9c2009-10-22 07:08:30 +00001301 // FIXME: This needs to happen post-isImplicitMemberReference?
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001302 // FIXME: template-ids inside anonymous structs?
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001303 if (FieldDecl *FD = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>())
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001304 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001305 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001306
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001307 // If this is known to be an instance access, go ahead and build a
1308 // 'this' expression now.
1309 QualType ThisType = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)->getThisType(Context);
1310 Expr *This = 0; // null signifies implicit access
1311 if (IsKnownInstance) {
1312 This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(), ThisType);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001313 }
1314
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001315 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, This), ThisType,
1316 /*OpLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
1317 /*IsArrow*/ true,
1318 SS, R, TemplateArgs);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001319}
1320
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001321bool Sema::UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001322 const LookupResult &R,
1323 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001324 // Only when used directly as the postfix-expression of a call.
1325 if (!HasTrailingLParen)
1326 return false;
1327
1328 // Never if a scope specifier was provided.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001329 if (SS.isSet())
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001330 return false;
1331
1332 // Only in C++ or ObjC++.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001333 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001334 return false;
1335
1336 // Turn off ADL when we find certain kinds of declarations during
1337 // normal lookup:
1338 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
1339 NamedDecl *D = *I;
1340
1341 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1342 // -- a declaration of a class member
1343 // Since using decls preserve this property, we check this on the
1344 // original decl.
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001345 if (D->isCXXClassMember())
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001346 return false;
1347
1348 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1349 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
1350 // using-declaration
1351 // NOTE: we also trigger this for function templates (in fact, we
1352 // don't check the decl type at all, since all other decl types
1353 // turn off ADL anyway).
1354 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
1355 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
1356 else if (D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1357 return false;
1358
1359 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1360 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
1361 // template
1362 // And also for builtin functions.
1363 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1364 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
1365
1366 // But also builtin functions.
1367 if (FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
1368 return false;
1369 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
1370 return false;
1371 }
1372
1373 return true;
1374}
1375
1376
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001377/// Diagnoses obvious problems with the use of the given declaration
1378/// as an expression. This is only actually called for lookups that
1379/// were not overloaded, and it doesn't promise that the declaration
1380/// will in fact be used.
1381static bool CheckDeclInExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1382 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D)) {
1383 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << D->getDeclName();
1384 return true;
1385 }
1386
1387 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) {
1388 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << D->getDeclName();
1389 return true;
1390 }
1391
1392 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D)) {
1393 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << D->getDeclName();
1394 return true;
1395 }
1396
1397 return false;
1398}
1399
1400Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001401Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001402 LookupResult &R,
1403 bool NeedsADL) {
John McCall3a60c872009-12-08 22:45:53 +00001404 // If this is a single, fully-resolved result and we don't need ADL,
1405 // just build an ordinary singleton decl ref.
1406 if (!NeedsADL && R.isSingleResult())
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001407 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl());
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001408
1409 // We only need to check the declaration if there's exactly one
1410 // result, because in the overloaded case the results can only be
1411 // functions and function templates.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001412 if (R.isSingleResult() &&
1413 CheckDeclInExpr(*this, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl()))
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001414 return ExprError();
1415
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001416 bool Dependent
1417 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(), 0);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001418 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001419 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, Dependent,
1420 (NestedNameSpecifier*) SS.getScopeRep(),
1421 SS.getRange(),
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001422 R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
1423 NeedsADL, R.isOverloadedResult());
1424 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
1425 ULE->addDecl(*I);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001426
1427 return Owned(ULE);
1428}
1429
1430
1431/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
1432Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001433Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001434 SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1435 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00001436 assert(!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) &&
1437 "Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template");
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001438 DeclarationName Name = D->getDeclName();
1439
1440 if (CheckDeclInExpr(*this, Loc, D))
1441 return ExprError();
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001442
Douglas Gregore7488b92009-12-01 16:58:18 +00001443 if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) {
1444 // Specifically diagnose references to class templates that are missing
1445 // a template argument list.
1446 Diag(Loc, diag::err_template_decl_ref)
1447 << Template << SS.getRange();
1448 Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here);
1449 return ExprError();
1450 }
1451
1452 // Make sure that we're referring to a value.
1453 ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D);
1454 if (!VD) {
1455 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_non_value)
1456 << D << SS.getRange();
John McCallb48971d2009-12-18 18:35:10 +00001457 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
Douglas Gregore7488b92009-12-01 16:58:18 +00001458 return ExprError();
1459 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001460
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001461 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1462 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1463 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1464 // that overload resolution actually selects.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001465 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001466 return ExprError();
1467
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001468 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1469 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001470 return ExprError();
1471
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001472 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1473 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1474 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1475 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001476 //
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001477 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1478 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1479 //
1480 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001481 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001482 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001483 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001484 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001485 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001486 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1487 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001488 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001489
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001490 ExprTy.addConst();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001491 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001492 constAdded));
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001493 }
1494 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1495 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001496
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001497 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc, &SS);
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +00001498}
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001499
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001500Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1501 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001502 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001503
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001504 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001505 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001506 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1507 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1508 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001509 }
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001510
Chris Lattnera81a0272008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001511 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1512 // string.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001513
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001514 Decl *currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1515 if (!currentDecl) {
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001516 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001517 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001518 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001519
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001520 QualType ResTy;
1521 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) {
1522 ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
1523 } else {
1524 unsigned Length =
1525 PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(Context, IT, currentDecl).length();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001526
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001527 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001528 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001529 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1530 }
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001531 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001532}
1533
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001534Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001535 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001536 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1537 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1538 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001539
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001540 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1541 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1542 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001543 return ExprError();
Chris Lattneref24b382008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001544
1545 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1546
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001547 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1548 Literal.isWide(),
1549 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001550}
1551
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001552Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1553 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001554 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1555 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner9240b3e2009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001556 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerc4c18192009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001557 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001558 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff5faaef72009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001559 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001560 }
Ted Kremeneke9814182009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001561
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001562 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattnera1cf5f92008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001563 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1564 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Steve Naroff8160ea22007-03-06 01:09:46 +00001565 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001566
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001567 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
Steve Naroff8160ea22007-03-06 01:09:46 +00001568 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001569
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001570 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
Steve Naroff451d8f162007-03-12 23:22:38 +00001571 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001572 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001573 return ExprError();
1574
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001575 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001576
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001577 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001578 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001579 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001580 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001581 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001582 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001583 else
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001584 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001585
1586 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1587
Ted Kremenek3a2c9502007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001588 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1589 bool isExact = false;
Chris Lattnere4edb8e2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001590 llvm::APFloat Val = Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact);
1591 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001592
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001593 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001594 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001595 } else {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001596 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001597
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001598 // long long is a C99 feature.
1599 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth4a1ee052007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001600 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001601 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1602
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001603 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001604 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001605
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001606 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1607 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1608 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001609 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1610 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001611 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001612 } else {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001613 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1614 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001615
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001616 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1617 // be an unsigned int.
1618 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1619
1620 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001621 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner7b939cf2007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001622 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1623 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001624 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001625
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001626 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1627 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1628 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1629 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001630 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001631 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001632 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001633 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001634 }
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001635 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001636
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001637 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001638 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001639 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001640
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001641 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1642 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1643 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1644 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001645 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001646 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001647 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001648 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001649 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001650 }
1651
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001652 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001653 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001654 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001655
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001656 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1657 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1658 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1659 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001660 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001661 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001662 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001663 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001664 }
1665 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001666
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001667 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1668 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001669 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001670 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001671 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001672 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001673 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001674
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001675 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1676 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001677 }
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001678 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001679 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001680
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001681 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1682 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001683 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001684 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001685
1686 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001687}
1688
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001689Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1690 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001691 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001692 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001693 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001694}
1695
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00001696/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00001697/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001698bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001699 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1700 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1701 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001702 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1703 return false;
1704
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +00001705 // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2: "When applied to a reference or a reference type,
1706 // the result is the size of the referenced type."
1707 // C++ [expr.alignof]p3: "When alignof is applied to a reference type, the
1708 // result shall be the alignment of the referenced type."
1709 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = exprType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
1710 exprType = Ref->getPointeeType();
1711
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001712 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001713 if (exprType->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001714 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001715 if (isSizeof)
1716 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1717 return false;
1718 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001719
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001720 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001721 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001722 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1723 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001724 return false;
1725 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001726
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001727 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
Douglas Gregor906db8a2009-12-15 16:44:32 +00001728 PDiag(diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_type)
1729 << int(!isSizeof) << ExprRange))
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001730 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001731
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001732 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanian1dcb3222009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001733 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001734 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001735 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1736 return true;
Chris Lattner37920f52009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001737 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001738
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001739 return false;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001740}
1741
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001742bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1743 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1744 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001745
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001746 // alignof decl is always ok.
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001747 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1748 return false;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001749
1750 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1751 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1752 return false;
1753
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001754 if (E->getBitField()) {
1755 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1756 return true;
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001757 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001758
1759 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1760 // bit-field.
1761 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00001762 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001763 return false;
1764
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001765 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1766}
1767
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001768/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001769Action::OwningExprResult
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001770Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001771 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001772 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001773 if (!TInfo)
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001774 return ExprError();
1775
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001776 QualType T = TInfo->getType();
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001777
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001778 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1779 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1780 return ExprError();
1781
1782 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001783 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, TInfo,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001784 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1785 R.getEnd()));
1786}
1787
1788/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1789/// operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001790Action::OwningExprResult
1791Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001792 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1793 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1794 bool isInvalid = false;
1795 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1796 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1797 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1798 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001799 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001800 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1801 isInvalid = true;
1802 } else {
1803 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1804 }
1805
1806 if (isInvalid)
1807 return ExprError();
1808
1809 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1810 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1811 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1812 R.getEnd()));
1813}
1814
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001815/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1816/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1817/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001818Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001819Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1820 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner0d8b1a12006-11-20 04:34:45 +00001821 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001822 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001823
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001824 if (isType) {
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001825 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
1826 (void) GetTypeFromParser(TyOrEx, &TInfo);
1827 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(TInfo, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001828 }
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001829
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001830 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1831 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1832 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1833
1834 if (Result.isInvalid())
1835 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1836
1837 return move(Result);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001838}
1839
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001840QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001841 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1842 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001843
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001844 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001845 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001846 return CT->getElementType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001847
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001848 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1849 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1850 return V->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001851
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001852 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001853 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1854 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001855 return QualType();
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001856}
1857
1858
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001859
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001860Action::OwningExprResult
1861Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1862 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001863 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1864 switch (Kind) {
1865 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1866 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1867 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1868 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001869
Eli Friedmancfdd40c2009-11-18 03:38:04 +00001870 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001871}
1872
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001873Action::OwningExprResult
1874Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1875 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001876 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1877 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
1878
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001879 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1880 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001881
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001882 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor7a77a6b2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001883 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1884 Base.release();
1885 Idx.release();
1886 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1887 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1888 }
1889
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001890 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001891 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman254a1a22008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001892 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1893 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1894 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00001895 return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(LLoc, RLoc, move(Base),move(Idx));
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001896 }
1897
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00001898 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(move(Base), LLoc, move(Idx), RLoc);
1899}
1900
1901
1902Action::OwningExprResult
1903Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1904 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1905 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get());
1906 Expr *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
1907
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001908 // Perform default conversions.
1909 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1910 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001911
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001912 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001913
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00001914 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001915 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001916 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001917 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001918 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1919 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001920 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1921 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1922 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1923 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001924 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001925 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1926 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001927 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001928 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattneraee0cfd2007-07-16 00:23:25 +00001929 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001930 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1931 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001932 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001933 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001934 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001935 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1936 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1937 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001938 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001939 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001940 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1941 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1942 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1943 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001944 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattner41977962007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001945 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001946 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begemanc1bf0612009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001947
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001948 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1949 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001950 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1951 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1952 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1953 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1954 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1955 // force the promotion here.
1956 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1957 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001958 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy),
1959 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001960 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1961
1962 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1963 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001964 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001965 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1966 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1967 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1968 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001969 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy),
1970 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001971 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1972
1973 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1974 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001975 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroffb3096442007-06-09 03:47:53 +00001976 } else {
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001977 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1978 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001979 }
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00001980 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001981 if (!(IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
1982 IndexExpr->getType()->isScalarType()) && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001983 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1984 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffb29cdd52007-07-10 18:23:31 +00001985
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00001986 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
Sam Weinigb7608d72009-09-14 20:14:57 +00001987 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
1988 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sam Weinig914244e2009-09-14 01:58:58 +00001989 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
1990
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001991 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001992 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1993 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001994 // incomplete types are not object types.
1995 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1996 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1997 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1998 return ExprError();
1999 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002000
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002001 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002002 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002003 PDiag(diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type)
2004 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002005 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002006
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002007 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
2008 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
2009 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
2010 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2011 return ExprError();
2012 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002013
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002014 Base.release();
2015 Idx.release();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002016 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002017 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002018}
2019
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002020QualType Sema::
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002021CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002022 const IdentifierInfo *CompName,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002023 SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Daniel Dunbarc0429402009-10-18 02:09:38 +00002024 // FIXME: Share logic with ExtVectorElementExpr::containsDuplicateElements,
2025 // see FIXME there.
2026 //
2027 // FIXME: This logic can be greatly simplified by splitting it along
2028 // halving/not halving and reworking the component checking.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002029 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAs<ExtVectorType>();
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002030
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002031 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
Daniel Dunbar2c422dc92009-10-18 20:26:12 +00002032 const char *compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002033
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002034 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002035 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
2036 // to be selected.
2037 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002038
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002039 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
2040 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman0359e122009-06-25 21:06:09 +00002041 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002042
2043 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
2044 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002045 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002046 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
2047 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002048 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002049 do
2050 compStr++;
2051 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002052 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002053 do
2054 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002055 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002056 }
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002057
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002058 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002059 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
2060 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002061 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
2062 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002063 return QualType();
2064 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002065
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002066 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
2067 // operates on.
2068 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
Daniel Dunbar2c422dc92009-10-18 20:26:12 +00002069 compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002070
2071 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002072 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002073
2074 while (*compStr) {
2075 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
2076 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
2077 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
2078 return QualType();
2079 }
2080 }
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002081 }
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002082
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002083 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002084 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002085 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002086 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002087 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begemanac8183a2009-12-15 18:13:04 +00002088 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? (vecType->getNumElements() + 1) / 2
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002089 : CompName->getLength();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002090 if (HexSwizzle)
2091 CompSize--;
2092
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002093 if (CompSize == 1)
2094 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002095
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002096 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002097 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002098 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
2099 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
2100 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
2101 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffddf5a1d2007-07-29 16:33:31 +00002102 }
2103 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002104}
2105
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002106static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002107 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002108 const Selector &Sel,
2109 ASTContext &Context) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002110
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002111 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002112 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002113 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002114 return OMD;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002115
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002116 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
2117 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002118 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002119 Context))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002120 return D;
2121 }
2122 return 0;
2123}
2124
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002125static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002126 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002127 const Selector &Sel,
2128 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002129 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
2130 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002131 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002132 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002133 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002134 GDecl = PD;
2135 break;
2136 }
2137 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002138 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002139 GDecl = OMD;
2140 break;
2141 }
2142 }
2143 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002144 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002145 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
2146 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002147 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002148 if (GDecl)
2149 return GDecl;
2150 }
2151 }
2152 return GDecl;
2153}
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00002154
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002155Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002156Sema::ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg Base, QualType BaseType,
2157 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002158 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2159 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2160 DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2161 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2162 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
2163
2164 // Even in dependent contexts, try to diagnose base expressions with
2165 // obviously wrong types, e.g.:
2166 //
2167 // T* t;
2168 // t.f;
2169 //
2170 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2171 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2172 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
2173 if (!IsArrow) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002174 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002175 if (PT && (!getLangOptions().ObjC1 ||
2176 PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType())) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002177 assert(BaseExpr && "cannot happen with implicit member accesses");
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002178 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002179 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002180 return ExprError();
2181 }
2182 }
2183
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002184 assert(BaseType->isDependentType());
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002185
2186 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
2187 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002188 return Owned(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, BaseType,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002189 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2190 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep()),
2191 SS.getRange(),
2192 FirstQualifierInScope,
2193 Name, NameLoc,
2194 TemplateArgs));
2195}
2196
2197/// We know that the given qualified member reference points only to
2198/// declarations which do not belong to the static type of the base
2199/// expression. Diagnose the problem.
2200static void DiagnoseQualifiedMemberReference(Sema &SemaRef,
2201 Expr *BaseExpr,
2202 QualType BaseType,
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002203 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002204 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002205 // If this is an implicit member access, use a different set of
2206 // diagnostics.
2207 if (!BaseExpr)
2208 return DiagnoseInstanceReference(SemaRef, SS, R);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002209
2210 // FIXME: this is an exceedingly lame diagnostic for some of the more
2211 // complicated cases here.
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002212 DeclContext *DC = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getDeclContext();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002213 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual)
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002214 << SS.getRange() << DC << BaseType;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002215}
2216
2217// Check whether the declarations we found through a nested-name
2218// specifier in a member expression are actually members of the base
2219// type. The restriction here is:
2220//
2221// C++ [expr.ref]p2:
2222// ... In these cases, the id-expression shall name a
2223// member of the class or of one of its base classes.
2224//
2225// So it's perfectly legitimate for the nested-name specifier to name
2226// an unrelated class, and for us to find an overload set including
2227// decls from classes which are not superclasses, as long as the decl
2228// we actually pick through overload resolution is from a superclass.
2229bool Sema::CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr,
2230 QualType BaseType,
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002231 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002232 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002233 const RecordType *BaseRT = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>();
2234 if (!BaseRT) {
2235 // We can't check this yet because the base type is still
2236 // dependent.
2237 assert(BaseType->isDependentType());
2238 return false;
2239 }
2240 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002241
2242 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002243 // If this is an implicit member reference and we find a
2244 // non-instance member, it's not an error.
2245 if (!BaseExpr && !IsInstanceMember((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()))
2246 return false;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002247
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002248 // Note that we use the DC of the decl, not the underlying decl.
2249 CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>((*I)->getDeclContext());
2250 while (RecordD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
2251 RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordD->getParent());
2252
2253 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*,4> MemberRecord;
2254 MemberRecord.insert(RecordD->getCanonicalDecl());
2255
2256 if (!IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(*this, BaseRecord, MemberRecord))
2257 return false;
2258 }
2259
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002260 DiagnoseQualifiedMemberReference(*this, BaseExpr, BaseType, SS, R);
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002261 return true;
2262}
2263
2264static bool
2265LookupMemberExprInRecord(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &R,
2266 SourceRange BaseRange, const RecordType *RTy,
2267 SourceLocation OpLoc, const CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
2268 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
2269 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, QualType(RTy, 0),
2270 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
2271 << BaseRange))
2272 return true;
2273
2274 DeclContext *DC = RDecl;
2275 if (SS.isSet()) {
2276 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the
2277 // nested-name-specifier.
2278 DC = SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false);
2279
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002280 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS)) {
2281 SemaRef.Diag(SS.getRange().getEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
2282 << SS.getRange() << DC;
2283 return true;
2284 }
2285
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002286 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup");
2287
2288 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(DC)) {
2289 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_qualified_member_nonclass)
2290 << DC << SS.getRange();
2291 return true;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002292 }
2293 }
2294
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002295 // The record definition is complete, now look up the member.
2296 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002297
2298 return false;
2299}
2300
2301Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002302Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg BaseArg, QualType BaseType,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002303 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
2304 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2305 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2306 DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2307 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2308 Expr *Base = BaseArg.takeAs<Expr>();
2309
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002310 if (BaseType->isDependentType() ||
2311 (SS.isSet() && isDependentScopeSpecifier(SS)))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002312 return ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), BaseType,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002313 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2314 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2315 Name, NameLoc,
2316 TemplateArgs);
2317
2318 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupMemberName);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002319
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002320 // Implicit member accesses.
2321 if (!Base) {
2322 QualType RecordTy = BaseType;
2323 if (IsArrow) RecordTy = RecordTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2324 if (LookupMemberExprInRecord(*this, R, SourceRange(),
2325 RecordTy->getAs<RecordType>(),
2326 OpLoc, SS))
2327 return ExprError();
2328
2329 // Explicit member accesses.
2330 } else {
2331 OwningExprResult Result =
2332 LookupMemberExpr(R, Base, IsArrow, OpLoc,
2333 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2334 /*ObjCImpDecl*/ DeclPtrTy());
2335
2336 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
2337 Owned(Base);
2338 return ExprError();
2339 }
2340
2341 if (Result.get())
2342 return move(Result);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002343 }
2344
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002345 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), BaseType,
2346 OpLoc, IsArrow, SS, R, TemplateArgs);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002347}
2348
2349Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002350Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg Base, QualType BaseExprType,
2351 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
2352 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002353 LookupResult &R,
2354 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2355 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002356 QualType BaseType = BaseExprType;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002357 if (IsArrow) {
2358 assert(BaseType->isPointerType());
2359 BaseType = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2360 }
2361
2362 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier =
2363 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep());
2364 DeclarationName MemberName = R.getLookupName();
2365 SourceLocation MemberLoc = R.getNameLoc();
2366
2367 if (R.isAmbiguous())
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002368 return ExprError();
2369
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002370 if (R.empty()) {
2371 // Rederive where we looked up.
2372 DeclContext *DC = (SS.isSet()
2373 ? computeDeclContext(SS, false)
2374 : BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002375
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002376 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002377 << MemberName << DC
2378 << (BaseExpr ? BaseExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange());
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002379 return ExprError();
2380 }
2381
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002382 // Diagnose qualified lookups that find only declarations from a
2383 // non-base type. Note that it's okay for lookup to find
2384 // declarations from a non-base type as long as those aren't the
2385 // ones picked by overload resolution.
2386 if (SS.isSet() && CheckQualifiedMemberReference(BaseExpr, BaseType, SS, R))
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002387 return ExprError();
2388
2389 // Construct an unresolved result if we in fact got an unresolved
2390 // result.
2391 if (R.isOverloadedResult() || R.isUnresolvableResult()) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002392 bool Dependent =
John McCall71739032009-12-19 02:05:44 +00002393 BaseExprType->isDependentType() ||
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002394 R.isUnresolvableResult() ||
2395 UnresolvedLookupExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(), TemplateArgs);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002396
2397 UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemExpr
2398 = UnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context, Dependent,
2399 R.isUnresolvableResult(),
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002400 BaseExpr, BaseExprType,
2401 IsArrow, OpLoc,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002402 Qualifier, SS.getRange(),
2403 MemberName, MemberLoc,
2404 TemplateArgs);
2405 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
2406 MemExpr->addDecl(*I);
2407
2408 return Owned(MemExpr);
2409 }
2410
2411 assert(R.isSingleResult());
2412 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
2413
2414 // FIXME: diagnose the presence of template arguments now.
2415
2416 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2417 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2418 // error cases.
2419 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2420 return ExprError();
2421
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002422 // Handle the implicit-member-access case.
2423 if (!BaseExpr) {
2424 // If this is not an instance member, convert to a non-member access.
2425 if (!IsInstanceMember(MemberDecl))
2426 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), MemberDecl);
2427
2428 BaseExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(), BaseExprType);
2429 }
2430
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002431 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
2432 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2433 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
2434 // explicitly qualified.
2435 if (MD->isVirtual() && !SS.isSet())
2436 ShouldCheckUse = false;
2437 }
2438
2439 // Check the use of this member.
2440 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc)) {
2441 Owned(BaseExpr);
2442 return ExprError();
2443 }
2444
2445 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2446 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2447 // (C++ [class.union]).
Eli Friedman78cde142009-12-04 07:18:51 +00002448 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
2449 !BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002450 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
2451 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
2452
2453 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
2454 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
2455 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
2456 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2457 else {
2458 Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers();
2459 BaseQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
2460 if (FD->isMutable()) BaseQuals.removeConst();
2461
2462 Qualifiers MemberQuals
2463 = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
2464
2465 Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals;
2466 if (Combined != MemberQuals)
2467 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, Combined);
2468 }
2469
2470 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
2471 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, FD))
2472 return ExprError();
2473 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
2474 FD, MemberLoc, MemberType));
2475 }
2476
2477 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2478 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, Var);
2479 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
2480 Var, MemberLoc,
2481 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
2482 }
2483
2484 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2485 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
2486 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
2487 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2488 MemberFn->getType()));
2489 }
2490
2491 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2492 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
2493 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
2494 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
2495 }
2496
2497 Owned(BaseExpr);
2498
2499 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
2500 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
2501 << MemberName << int(IsArrow));
2502
2503 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2504 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2505 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
2506 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2507 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
2508 << MemberName << int(IsArrow));
2509}
2510
2511/// Look up the given member of the given non-type-dependent
2512/// expression. This can return in one of two ways:
2513/// * If it returns a sentinel null-but-valid result, the caller will
2514/// assume that lookup was performed and the results written into
2515/// the provided structure. It will take over from there.
2516/// * Otherwise, the returned expression will be produced in place of
2517/// an ordinary member expression.
2518///
2519/// The ObjCImpDecl bit is a gross hack that will need to be properly
2520/// fixed for ObjC++.
2521Sema::OwningExprResult
2522Sema::LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, Expr *&BaseExpr,
John McCalla928c652009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002523 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002524 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2525 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2526 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002527 assert(BaseExpr && "no base expression");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002528
Steve Naroffeaaae462007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002529 // Perform default conversions.
2530 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002531
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002532 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002533 assert(!BaseType->isDependentType());
2534
2535 DeclarationName MemberName = R.getLookupName();
2536 SourceLocation MemberLoc = R.getNameLoc();
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002537
2538 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function pointer
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002539 // type, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call that
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002540 // function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses, build the
2541 // call, and continue on.
2542 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
2543 if (const FunctionProtoType *Fun
2544 = Ptr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
2545 QualType ResultTy = Fun->getResultType();
2546 if (Fun->getNumArgs() == 0 &&
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002547 ((!IsArrow && ResultTy->isRecordType()) ||
2548 (IsArrow && ResultTy->isPointerType() &&
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002549 ResultTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()
2550 ->isRecordType()))) {
2551 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2552 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_reference_needs_call)
2553 << QualType(Fun, 0)
2554 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2555
2556 OwningExprResult NewBase
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002557 = ActOnCallExpr(0, ExprArg(*this, BaseExpr), Loc,
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002558 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 0, Loc);
2559 if (NewBase.isInvalid())
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002560 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002561
2562 BaseExpr = NewBase.takeAs<Expr>();
2563 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
2564 BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
2565 }
2566 }
2567 }
2568
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002569 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
2570 // use that.
2571 if (BaseType->isObjCIdType()) {
Fariborz Jahanianc2949f92009-12-07 20:09:25 +00002572 if (IsArrow) {
2573 // Handle the following exceptional case PObj->isa.
2574 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
2575 BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
2576 if (OPT->getPointeeType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
2577 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Fariborz Jahaniana5fee262009-12-09 19:05:56 +00002578 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, true, MemberLoc,
2579 Context.getObjCClassType()));
Fariborz Jahanianc2949f92009-12-07 20:09:25 +00002580 }
2581 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002582 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2583 // is a reference to 'isa'.
2584 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType) {
2585 BaseType = Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002586 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002587 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002588 }
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002589
Fariborz Jahanian04b258c2009-11-25 23:07:42 +00002590 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
2591 // use that.
2592 if (Context.isObjCSelType(BaseType)) {
2593 // We have an 'SEL' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2594 // is a reference to 'sel_id'.
2595 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType) {
2596 BaseType = Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType;
2597 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
2598 }
2599 }
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002600
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002601 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002602
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002603 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002604 if (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002605 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2606 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2607 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
2608 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
2609 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2610 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
2611 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
2612 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
2613 // Check the use of this method.
2614 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2615 return ExprError();
2616 }
2617 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2618 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2619 Selector SetterSel =
2620 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2621 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
2622 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
2623 if (!Setter) {
2624 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2625 // methods.
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002626 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002627 }
2628 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2629 if (!Setter)
2630 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
2631
2632 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2633 return ExprError();
2634
2635 if (Getter || Setter) {
2636 QualType PType;
2637
2638 if (Getter)
2639 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2640 else
2641 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2642 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
2643 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2644 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter,
2645 PType,
2646 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2647 }
2648 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2649 << MemberName << BaseType);
2650 }
2651 }
2652
2653 if (BaseType->isObjCClassType() &&
2654 BaseType != Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType) {
2655 BaseType = Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002656 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002657 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002658
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002659 if (IsArrow) {
2660 if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002661 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002662 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2663 ;
John McCalla928c652009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002664 else if (BaseType->isRecordType()) {
2665 // Recover from arrow accesses to records, e.g.:
2666 // struct MyRecord foo;
2667 // foo->bar
2668 // This is actually well-formed in C++ if MyRecord has an
2669 // overloaded operator->, but that should have been dealt with
2670 // by now.
2671 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
2672 << BaseType << int(IsArrow) << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()
2673 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
2674 IsArrow = false;
2675 } else {
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002676 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2677 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2678 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002679 }
John McCalla928c652009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002680 } else {
2681 // Recover from dot accesses to pointers, e.g.:
2682 // type *foo;
2683 // foo.bar
2684 // This is actually well-formed in two cases:
2685 // - 'type' is an Objective C type
2686 // - 'bar' is a pseudo-destructor name which happens to refer to
2687 // the appropriate pointer type
2688 if (MemberName.getNameKind() != DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
2689 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
2690 if (PT && PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType()) {
2691 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
2692 << BaseType << int(IsArrow) << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()
2693 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "->");
2694 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
2695 IsArrow = true;
2696 }
2697 }
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002698 }
John McCalla928c652009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002699
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002700 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access
2701 // to fields of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002702 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002703 if (LookupMemberExprInRecord(*this, R, BaseExpr->getSourceRange(),
2704 RTy, OpLoc, SS))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002705 return ExprError();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002706 return Owned((Expr*) 0);
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002707 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002708
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002709 // Handle pseudo-destructors (C++ [expr.pseudo]). Since anything referring
2710 // into a record type was handled above, any destructor we see here is a
2711 // pseudo-destructor.
2712 if (MemberName.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
2713 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002714 // The left hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
2715 // left hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002716 // type.
2717 if (!BaseType->isScalarType())
2718 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar)
2719 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002720
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002721 // [...] The type designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the
2722 // same as the object type.
2723 if (!MemberName.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() &&
2724 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(BaseType, MemberName.getCXXNameType()))
2725 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
2726 << BaseType << MemberName.getCXXNameType()
2727 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(MemberLoc));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002728
2729 // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002730 // the form
2731 //
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002732 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ̃ type-name
2733 //
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002734 // shall designate the same scalar type.
2735 //
2736 // FIXME: DPG can't see any way to trigger this particular clause, so it
2737 // isn't checked here.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002738
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002739 // FIXME: We've lost the precise spelling of the type by going through
2740 // DeclarationName. Can we do better?
2741 return Owned(new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, BaseExpr,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002742 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2743 (NestedNameSpecifier *) SS.getScopeRep(),
2744 SS.getRange(),
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002745 MemberName.getCXXNameType(),
2746 MemberLoc));
2747 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002748
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002749 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2750 // (*Obj).ivar.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002751 if ((IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
2752 (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002753 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002754 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002755 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002756 if (IFaceT) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002757 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2758
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002759 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
2760 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002761 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002762
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002763 if (IV) {
2764 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2765 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2766 // error cases.
2767 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2768 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002769
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002770 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2771 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2772 return ExprError();
2773 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2774 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
2775 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2776 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2777 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
2778 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2779 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2780 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
2781 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2782 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2783 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2784 // AST for a function decl.
2785 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002786 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002787 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2788 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2789 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2790 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2791 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
2792 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002793
2794 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
2795 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002796 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002797 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002798 << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00002799 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2800 // @protected
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002801 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002802 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Naroffd1b64be2009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002803 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002804
2805 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
2806 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002807 IsArrow));
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002808 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002809 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002810 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002811 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianb1378f92008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002812 }
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002813 }
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002814 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002815 if (!IsArrow && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
2816 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002817 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002818 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002819
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002820 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002821 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002822 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
2823 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2824 // Check the use of this declaration
2825 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2826 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002827
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002828 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2829 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2830 }
2831 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2832 // Check the use of this method.
2833 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2834 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002835
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002836 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002837 OMD->getResultType(),
2838 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002839 NULL, 0));
2840 }
2841 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002842
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002843 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002844 << MemberName << BaseType);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002845 }
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002846 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2847 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002848 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002849 if (!IsArrow && (OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002850 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType();
2851 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002852 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002853
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002854 // Search for a declared property first.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002855 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002856 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2857 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2858 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanianb2ab73d2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002859 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002860 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002861 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianfe9e3942009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002862 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2863 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanianb2ab73d2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002864 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002865 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2866 }
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002867 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00002868 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2869 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002870 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002871 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2872 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2873 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002874
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002875 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002876 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2877 }
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002878 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2879 // selector is implemented.
2880
2881 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2882 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2883
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002884 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002885 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002886
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002887 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2888 if (!Getter)
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002889 Getter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002890
Steve Naroff1df62692008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002891 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1559d67b2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002892 if (!Getter)
2893 Getter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002894 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002895 // Check if we can reference this property.
2896 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2897 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002898 }
2899 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2900 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002901 Selector SetterSel =
2902 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002903 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002904 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002905 if (!Setter) {
2906 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2907 // methods.
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002908 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002909 }
2910 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1559d67b2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002911 if (!Setter)
2912 Setter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002913
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002914 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2915 return ExprError();
2916
2917 if (Getter || Setter) {
2918 QualType PType;
2919
2920 if (Getter)
2921 PType = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian88cc2342009-08-18 20:50:23 +00002922 else
2923 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2924 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002925 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
Fariborz Jahanian9a846652009-08-20 17:02:02 +00002926 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter, PType,
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002927 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2928 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002929 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002930 << MemberName << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian21f54ee2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002931 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002932
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002933 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002934 if (!IsArrow &&
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002935 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002936 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002937 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahaniana5fee262009-12-09 19:05:56 +00002938 Context.getObjCClassType()));
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002939
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002940 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner6c7ce102009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002941 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002942 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002943 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2944 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002945 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002946 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, *Member,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002947 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002948 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002949
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002950 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2951 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2952
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002953 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002954}
2955
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002956static Sema::OwningExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(Sema &SemaRef,
2957 SourceLocation NameLoc,
2958 Sema::ExprArg MemExpr) {
2959 Expr *E = (Expr *) MemExpr.get();
2960 SourceLocation ExpectedLParenLoc = SemaRef.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(NameLoc);
2961 SemaRef.Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_dtor_expr_without_call)
Douglas Gregor30d60cb2009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002962 << isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(E)
2963 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ExpectedLParenLoc, "()");
2964
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002965 return SemaRef.ActOnCallExpr(/*Scope*/ 0,
2966 move(MemExpr),
2967 /*LPLoc*/ ExpectedLParenLoc,
2968 Sema::MultiExprArg(SemaRef, 0, 0),
2969 /*CommaLocs*/ 0,
2970 /*RPLoc*/ ExpectedLParenLoc);
2971}
2972
2973/// The main callback when the parser finds something like
2974/// expression . [nested-name-specifier] identifier
2975/// expression -> [nested-name-specifier] identifier
2976/// where 'identifier' encompasses a fairly broad spectrum of
2977/// possibilities, including destructor and operator references.
2978///
2979/// \param OpKind either tok::arrow or tok::period
2980/// \param HasTrailingLParen whether the next token is '(', which
2981/// is used to diagnose mis-uses of special members that can
2982/// only be called
2983/// \param ObjCImpDecl the current ObjC @implementation decl;
2984/// this is an ugly hack around the fact that ObjC @implementations
2985/// aren't properly put in the context chain
2986Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg BaseArg,
2987 SourceLocation OpLoc,
2988 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
2989 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2990 UnqualifiedId &Id,
2991 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl,
2992 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
2993 if (SS.isSet() && SS.isInvalid())
2994 return ExprError();
2995
2996 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
2997
2998 // Decompose the name into its component parts.
2999 DeclarationName Name;
3000 SourceLocation NameLoc;
3001 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
3002 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(*this, Id, TemplateArgsBuffer,
3003 Name, NameLoc, TemplateArgs);
3004
3005 bool IsArrow = (OpKind == tok::arrow);
3006
3007 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope
3008 = (!SS.isSet() ? 0 : FindFirstQualifierInScope(S,
3009 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep())));
3010
3011 // This is a postfix expression, so get rid of ParenListExprs.
3012 BaseArg = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(BaseArg));
3013
3014 Expr *Base = BaseArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3015 OwningExprResult Result(*this);
3016 if (Base->getType()->isDependentType()) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003017 Result = ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), Base->getType(),
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003018 IsArrow, OpLoc,
3019 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
3020 Name, NameLoc,
3021 TemplateArgs);
3022 } else {
3023 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupMemberName);
3024 if (TemplateArgs) {
3025 // Re-use the lookup done for the template name.
3026 DecomposeTemplateName(R, Id);
3027 } else {
3028 Result = LookupMemberExpr(R, Base, IsArrow, OpLoc,
3029 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
3030 ObjCImpDecl);
3031
3032 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
3033 Owned(Base);
3034 return ExprError();
3035 }
3036
3037 if (Result.get()) {
3038 // The only way a reference to a destructor can be used is to
3039 // immediately call it, which falls into this case. If the
3040 // next token is not a '(', produce a diagnostic and build the
3041 // call now.
3042 if (!HasTrailingLParen &&
3043 Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName)
3044 return DiagnoseDtorReference(*this, NameLoc, move(Result));
3045
3046 return move(Result);
3047 }
3048 }
3049
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003050 Result = BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), Base->getType(),
3051 OpLoc, IsArrow, SS, R, TemplateArgs);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003052 }
3053
3054 return move(Result);
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003055}
3056
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003057Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3058 FunctionDecl *FD,
3059 ParmVarDecl *Param) {
3060 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
3061 Diag (CallLoc,
3062 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
3063 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003064 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003065 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
3066 } else {
3067 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
3068 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
3069
3070 // Instantiate the expression.
Douglas Gregor01afeef2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00003071 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList ArgList = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD);
Anders Carlsson657bad42009-09-05 05:14:19 +00003072
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003073 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param,
3074 ArgList.getInnermost().getFlatArgumentList(),
Douglas Gregor01afeef2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00003075 ArgList.getInnermost().flat_size());
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003076
John McCall76d824f2009-08-25 22:02:44 +00003077 OwningExprResult Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, ArgList);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003078 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003079 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003080
3081 if (SetParamDefaultArgument(Param, move(Result),
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003082 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/
3083 UninstExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin()))
3084 return ExprError();
3085 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003086
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003087 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
3088 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
3089 // be properly destroyed.
Anders Carlsson714d0962009-12-15 19:16:31 +00003090 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Param->getNumDefaultArgTemporaries(); i != e; ++i)
3091 ExprTemporaries.push_back(Param->getDefaultArgTemporary(i));
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003092 }
3093
3094 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
3095 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, Param));
3096}
3097
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003098/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
3099/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
3100/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
3101/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
3102/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
3103/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003104bool
3105Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003106 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003107 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003108 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3109 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003110 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003111 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
3112 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00003113 bool Invalid = false;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003114
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003115 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
3116 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
3117 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
3118 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
3119 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
3120 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00003121 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003122 }
3123
3124 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
3125 // them.
3126 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
3127 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
3128 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
3129 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
3130 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
3131 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
3132 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
3133 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00003134 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003135 return true;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003136 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003137 }
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003138 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllArgs;
Fariborz Jahanian6f2d25e2009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003139 VariadicCallType CallType =
3140 Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction : VariadicDoesNotApply;
3141 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
3142 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
3143 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
3144 CallType = VariadicMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003145 Invalid = GatherArgumentsForCall(Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(), FDecl,
Fariborz Jahanian4fa66ce2009-11-24 21:37:28 +00003146 Proto, 0, Args, NumArgs, AllArgs, CallType);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003147 if (Invalid)
3148 return true;
3149 unsigned TotalNumArgs = AllArgs.size();
3150 for (unsigned i = 0; i < TotalNumArgs; ++i)
3151 Call->setArg(i, AllArgs[i]);
3152
3153 return false;
3154}
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003155
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003156bool Sema::GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3157 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
3158 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3159 unsigned FirstProtoArg,
3160 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3161 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs,
Fariborz Jahanian6f2d25e2009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003162 VariadicCallType CallType) {
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003163 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
3164 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
3165 bool Invalid = false;
3166 if (NumArgs != NumArgsInProto)
3167 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
3168 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
3169 unsigned ArgIx = 0;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003170 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003171 for (unsigned i = FirstProtoArg; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003172 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003173
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003174 Expr *Arg;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003175 if (ArgIx < NumArgs) {
3176 Arg = Args[ArgIx++];
3177
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003178 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3179 ProtoArgType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003180 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003181 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003182 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003183
Douglas Gregor58354032008-12-24 00:01:03 +00003184 // Pass the argument.
Douglas Gregor96596c92009-12-22 07:24:36 +00003185 if (FDecl && i < FDecl->getNumParams()) {
3186 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
3187 InitializedEntity Entity =InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Param);
3188 OwningExprResult ArgE = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
3189 SourceLocation(),
3190 Owned(Arg));
3191 if (ArgE.isInvalid())
3192 return true;
3193
3194 Arg = ArgE.takeAs<Expr>();
3195 } else {
3196 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, AA_Passing))
3197 return true;
3198 }
Anders Carlsson78cfaa92009-11-13 04:34:45 +00003199
Anders Carlsson97df0b42009-11-13 17:04:35 +00003200 if (!ProtoArgType->isReferenceType())
3201 Arg = MaybeBindToTemporary(Arg).takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00003202 } else {
Anders Carlssonc80a1272009-08-25 02:29:20 +00003203 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003204
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003205 OwningExprResult ArgExpr =
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003206 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, FDecl, Param);
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003207 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
3208 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003209
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003210 Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00003211 }
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003212 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003213 }
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003214
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003215 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
Fariborz Jahanian6f2d25e2009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003216 if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003217 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003218 for (unsigned i = ArgIx; i < NumArgs; i++) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003219 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00003220 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003221 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003222 }
3223 }
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00003224 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003225}
3226
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003227/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003228/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
3229/// locations.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003230Action::OwningExprResult
3231Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3232 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003233 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003234 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003235
3236 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
3237 fn = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(fn));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003238
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00003239 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003240 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner38dbdb22007-07-21 03:03:59 +00003241 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003242
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003243 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003244 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
3245 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
3246 if (NumArgs > 0) {
3247 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
3248 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
3249 << CodeModificationHint::CreateRemoval(
3250 SourceRange(Args[0]->getLocStart(),
3251 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003252
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003253 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
3254 Args[I]->Destroy(Context);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003255
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003256 NumArgs = 0;
3257 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003258
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003259 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 0, 0, Context.VoidTy,
3260 RParenLoc));
3261 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003262
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003263 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003264 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00003265 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
3266 // Fn.
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003267 bool Dependent = false;
3268 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
3269 Dependent = true;
3270 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
3271 Dependent = true;
3272
3273 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003274 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003275 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
3276
3277 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
3278 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
3279 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3280 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
3281
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003282 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens();
3283
3284 // Determine whether this is a call to an unresolved member function.
3285 if (UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(NakedFn)) {
3286 // If lookup was unresolved but not dependent (i.e. didn't find
3287 // an unresolved using declaration), it has to be an overloaded
3288 // function set, which means it must contain either multiple
3289 // declarations (all methods or method templates) or a single
3290 // method template.
3291 assert((MemE->getNumDecls() > 1) ||
3292 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*MemE->decls_begin()));
Douglas Gregor8f184a32009-12-01 03:34:29 +00003293 (void)MemE;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003294
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003295 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3296 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003297 }
3298
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003299 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003300 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(NakedFn)) {
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003301 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003302 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003303 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3304 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003305 }
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003306
3307 // Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003308 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(NakedFn)) {
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003309 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD ||
3310 BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI) {
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003311 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
3312 dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(BO->getType())) {
3313 QualType ResultTy = FPT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003314
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003315 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
3316 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, BO, Args,
3317 NumArgs, ResultTy,
3318 RParenLoc));
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003319
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003320 if (CheckCallReturnType(FPT->getResultType(),
3321 BO->getRHS()->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3322 TheCall.get(), 0))
3323 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson63dce022009-10-15 00:41:48 +00003324
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003325 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, BO, 0, FPT, Args, NumArgs,
3326 RParenLoc))
3327 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003328
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003329 return Owned(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release());
3330 }
3331 return ExprError(Diag(Fn->getLocStart(),
3332 diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3333 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003334 }
3335 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003336 }
3337
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003338 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003339 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00003340 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003341
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003342 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParenCasts();
3343 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(NakedFn)) {
3344 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(NakedFn);
3345 return BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3346 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003347 }
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00003348
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003349 NamedDecl *NDecl = 0;
3350 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn))
3351 NDecl = cast<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn)->getDecl();
3352
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003353 return BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, RParenLoc);
3354}
3355
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003356/// BuildResolvedCallExpr - Build a call to a resolved expression,
3357/// i.e. an expression not of \p OverloadTy. The expression should
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003358/// unary-convert to an expression of function-pointer or
3359/// block-pointer type.
3360///
3361/// \param NDecl the declaration being called, if available
3362Sema::OwningExprResult
3363Sema::BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
3364 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3365 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3366 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
3367 FunctionDecl *FDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
3368
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00003369 // Promote the function operand.
3370 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
3371
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003372 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
3373 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003374 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
3375 Args, NumArgs,
3376 Context.BoolTy,
3377 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003378
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003379 const FunctionType *FuncT;
3380 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
3381 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
3382 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003383 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003384 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003385 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3386 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003387 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003388 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003389 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003390 getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003391 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003392 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003393 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3394 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
3395
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003396 // Check for a valid return type
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00003397 if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getResultType(),
3398 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), TheCall.get(),
3399 FDecl))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003400 return ExprError();
3401
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003402 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +00003403 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003404
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003405 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003406 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003407 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003408 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003409 } else {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003410 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003411
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003412 if (FDecl) {
3413 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
3414 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
3415 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisddcd1322009-06-30 02:35:26 +00003416 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003417 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003418 Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003419 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
3420 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
3421 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
3422 }
3423 }
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003424 }
3425
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003426 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003427 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
3428 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
3429 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003430 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3431 Arg->getType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003432 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
3433 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003434 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003435 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003436 }
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00003437 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003438
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003439 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
3440 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003441 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
3442 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003443
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +00003444 // Check for sentinels
3445 if (NDecl)
3446 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003447
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003448 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003449 if (FDecl) {
3450 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.get()))
3451 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003452
Douglas Gregor15fc9562009-09-12 00:22:50 +00003453 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003454 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall.take());
3455 } else if (NDecl) {
3456 if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.get()))
3457 return ExprError();
3458 }
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003459
Anders Carlssonf8984012009-08-16 03:06:32 +00003460 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003461}
3462
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003463Action::OwningExprResult
3464Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
3465 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003466 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003467
Douglas Gregor1b303932009-12-22 15:35:07 +00003468 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003469
Steve Naroff57eb2c52007-07-19 21:32:11 +00003470 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003471 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003472 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson2c1ec6d2007-12-05 07:24:19 +00003473
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003474 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003475 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003476 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
3477 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor1c37d9e2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00003478 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
3479 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003480 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003481 << SourceRange(LParenLoc,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003482 literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003483 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003484
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003485 InitializedEntity Entity
Douglas Gregor1b303932009-12-22 15:35:07 +00003486 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(literalType);
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003487 InitializationKind Kind
3488 = InitializationKind::CreateCast(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc),
3489 /*IsCStyleCast=*/true);
Eli Friedmana553d4a2009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003490 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &literalExpr, 1);
3491 OwningExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
3492 MultiExprArg(*this, (void**)&literalExpr, 1),
3493 &literalType);
3494 if (Result.isInvalid())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003495 return ExprError();
Eli Friedmana553d4a2009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003496 InitExpr.release();
3497 literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(Result.get());
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003498
Chris Lattner79413952008-12-04 23:50:19 +00003499 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003500 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003501 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003502 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003503 }
Eli Friedmana553d4a2009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003504
3505 Result.release();
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003506
3507 // FIXME: Store the TInfo to preserve type information better.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003508 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003509 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003510}
3511
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003512Action::OwningExprResult
3513Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003514 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
3515 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
3516 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson4692db02007-08-31 04:56:16 +00003517
Steve Naroff30d242c2007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003518 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003519 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003520
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003521 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregor347f7ea2009-01-28 21:54:33 +00003522 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003523 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003524 return Owned(E);
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003525}
3526
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003527static CastExpr::CastKind getScalarCastKind(ASTContext &Context,
3528 QualType SrcTy, QualType DestTy) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003529 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SrcTy, DestTy))
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003530 return CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
3531
3532 if (SrcTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
3533 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
Fariborz Jahanian2b9fc832009-12-15 21:34:52 +00003534 return DestTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() ?
3535 CastExpr::CK_AnyPointerToObjCPointerCast :
3536 CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003537 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3538 return CastExpr::CK_PointerToIntegral;
3539 }
3540
3541 if (SrcTy->isIntegerType()) {
3542 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3543 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast;
3544 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3545 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer;
3546 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3547 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToFloating;
3548 }
3549
3550 if (SrcTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
3551 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3552 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast;
3553 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3554 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingToIntegral;
3555 }
3556
3557 // FIXME: Assert here.
3558 // assert(false && "Unhandled cast combination!");
3559 return CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
3560}
3561
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003562/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redl955a0672009-07-29 13:50:23 +00003563bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003564 CastExpr::CastKind& Kind,
Fariborz Jahanian1cec0c42009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003565 CXXMethodDecl *& ConversionDecl,
3566 bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003567 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Fariborz Jahanian1cec0c42009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003568 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, FunctionalStyle,
3569 ConversionDecl);
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003570
Eli Friedmanda8d4de2009-08-15 19:02:19 +00003571 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(castExpr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003572
3573 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
3574 // type needs to be scalar.
3575 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
3576 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Anders Carlssonef918ac2009-10-16 02:35:04 +00003577 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToVoid;
3578 return false;
3579 }
3580
3581 if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003582 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(castType, castExpr->getType()) &&
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003583 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
3584 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003585 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003586 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
3587 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003588 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003589 return false;
3590 }
3591
3592 if (castType->isUnionType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003593 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003594 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003595 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003596 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003597 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003598 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Field->getType(),
3599 castExpr->getType())) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003600 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
3601 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3602 break;
3603 }
3604 }
3605 if (Field == FieldEnd)
3606 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
3607 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003608 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003609 return false;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003610 }
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003611
3612 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
3613 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3614 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3615 }
3616
3617 if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
3618 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003619 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3620 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003621 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003622 }
3623
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003624 if (castType->isExtVectorType())
3625 return CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind);
3626
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003627 if (castType->isVectorType())
3628 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType(), Kind);
3629 if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType())
3630 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType, Kind);
3631
3632 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr))
Steve Naroffb47acdb2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00003633 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003634
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003635 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3636 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
3637
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003638 if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanf4e3ad62009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003639 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
3640 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
3641 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3642 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3643 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3644 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3645 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
3646 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3647 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3648 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003649 }
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003650
3651 Kind = getScalarCastKind(Context, castExpr->getType(), castType);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003652 return false;
3653}
3654
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003655bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
3656 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003657 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003658
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003659 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003660 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003661 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003662 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003663 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003664 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003665 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003666 } else
3667 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003668 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003669 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003670
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003671 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003672 return false;
3673}
3674
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003675bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *&CastExpr,
3676 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003677 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003678
3679 QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType();
3680
Nate Begemanc8961a42009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003681 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3682 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003683 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3684 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3685 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3686 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003687 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003688 return false;
3689 }
3690
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003691 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003692 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3693 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003694 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3695 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3696 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3697 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003698
3699 QualType DestElemTy = DestTy->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
3700 ImpCastExprToType(CastExpr, DestElemTy,
3701 getScalarCastKind(Context, SrcTy, DestElemTy));
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003702
3703 Kind = CastExpr::CK_VectorSplat;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003704 return false;
3705}
3706
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003707Action::OwningExprResult
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003708Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003709 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
Anders Carlssonf10e4142009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003710 CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003711
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003712 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3713 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff1a2cf6b2007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003714
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003715 Expr *castExpr = (Expr *)Op.get();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00003716 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
3717 QualType castType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003718
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003719 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
3720 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(castExpr))
3721 return ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(S, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, move(Op),castType);
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003722 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003723 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr,
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003724 Kind, Method))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003725 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003726
3727 if (Method) {
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003728 OwningExprResult CastArg = BuildCXXCastArgument(LParenLoc, castType, Kind,
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003729 Method, move(Op));
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003730
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003731 if (CastArg.isInvalid())
3732 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003733
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003734 castExpr = CastArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3735 } else {
3736 Op.release();
Fariborz Jahanian3df87672009-08-29 19:15:16 +00003737 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003738
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003739 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType.getNonReferenceType(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003740 Kind, castExpr, castType,
Anders Carlssonf10e4142009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003741 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003742}
3743
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003744/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence
3745/// of comma binary operators.
3746Action::OwningExprResult
3747Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg EA) {
3748 Expr *expr = EA.takeAs<Expr>();
3749 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(expr);
3750 if (!E)
3751 return Owned(expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003752
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003753 OwningExprResult Result(*this, E->getExpr(0));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003754
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003755 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
3756 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, move(Result),
3757 Owned(E->getExpr(i)));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003758
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003759 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), move(Result));
3760}
3761
3762Action::OwningExprResult
3763Sema::ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3764 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op,
3765 QualType Ty) {
3766 ParenListExpr *PE = (ParenListExpr *)Op.get();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003767
3768 // If this is an altivec initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003769 // then handle it as such.
3770 if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && Ty->isVectorType()) {
3771 if (PE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
3772 Diag(PE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
3773 return ExprError();
3774 }
3775
3776 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
3777 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PE->getNumExprs(); i != e; ++i)
3778 initExprs.push_back(PE->getExpr(i));
3779
3780 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
3781 // braces instead of the original commas.
3782 Op.release();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003783 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LParenLoc, &initExprs[0],
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003784 initExprs.size(), RParenLoc);
3785 E->setType(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003786 return ActOnCompoundLiteral(LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003787 Owned(E));
3788 } else {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003789 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003790 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
3791 Op = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Op));
3792 return ActOnCastExpr(S, LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,move(Op));
3793 }
3794}
3795
Fariborz Jahanian906d8712009-11-25 01:26:41 +00003796Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenOrParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003797 SourceLocation R,
Fariborz Jahanian906d8712009-11-25 01:26:41 +00003798 MultiExprArg Val,
3799 TypeTy *TypeOfCast) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003800 unsigned nexprs = Val.size();
3801 Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release());
Fariborz Jahanian906d8712009-11-25 01:26:41 +00003802 assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenOrParenListExpr() missing expr list");
3803 Expr *expr;
3804 if (nexprs == 1 && TypeOfCast && !TypeIsVectorType(TypeOfCast))
3805 expr = new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, exprs[0]);
3806 else
3807 expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R);
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003808 return Owned(expr);
3809}
3810
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003811/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
3812/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattner2c486602009-02-18 04:38:20 +00003813/// C99 6.5.15
3814QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3815 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003816 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
3817 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3818 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
3819
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00003820 CheckSignCompare(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, diag::warn_mixed_sign_conditional);
3821
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003822 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
3823 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
3824 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
3825 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
3826 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
3827 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003828
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003829 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003830 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
3831 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3832 << CondTy;
3833 return QualType();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003834 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003835
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003836 // Now check the two expressions.
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003837 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType())
3838 return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003839
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003840 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
3841 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003842 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
3843 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
3844 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003845 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003846
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003847 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
3848 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003849 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
3850 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003851 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003852 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003853 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003854 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003855 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003856 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003857
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003858 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003859 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003860 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
3861 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
3862 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3863 << RHS->getSourceRange();
3864 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
3865 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3866 << LHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003867 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
3868 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
Eli Friedman3e1852f2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00003869 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003870 }
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003871 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
3872 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003873 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003874 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003875 // promote the null to a pointer.
3876 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003877 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003878 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003879 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003880 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003881 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003882 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003883 }
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00003884
3885 // All objective-c pointer type analysis is done here.
3886 QualType compositeType = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS,
3887 QuestionLoc);
3888 if (!compositeType.isNull())
3889 return compositeType;
3890
3891
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003892 // Handle block pointer types.
3893 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3894 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3895 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3896 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003897 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3898 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003899 return destType;
3900 }
3901 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00003902 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003903 return QualType();
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003904 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003905 // We have 2 block pointer types.
3906 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3907 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003908 return LHSTy;
3909 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003910 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003911 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3912 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00003913
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003914 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3915 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003916 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00003917 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003918 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3919 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3920 // to get a consistent AST.
3921 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003922 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3923 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003924 return incompatTy;
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003925 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003926 // The block pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003927 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3928 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroffea4c7802009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003929 return LHSTy;
3930 }
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00003931
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003932 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
3933 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
3934 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003935 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3936 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003937
3938 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
3939 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3940 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003941 QualType destPointee
3942 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003943 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003944 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3945 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3946 // Promote to void*.
3947 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003948 return destType;
3949 }
3950 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003951 QualType destPointee
3952 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003953 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003954 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
Eli Friedmanb0bc5592009-11-17 01:22:05 +00003955 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003956 // Promote to void*.
Eli Friedmanb0bc5592009-11-17 01:22:05 +00003957 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003958 return destType;
3959 }
3960
3961 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3962 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
3963 return LHSTy;
3964 }
3965 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3966 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
3967 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3968 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3969 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3970 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3971 // to get a consistent AST.
3972 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003973 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3974 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003975 return incompatTy;
3976 }
3977 // The pointer types are compatible.
3978 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
3979 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
3980 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
3981 // type.
3982 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
3983 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003984 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3985 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003986 return LHSTy;
3987 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003988
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003989 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
3990 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3991 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3992 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003993 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003994 return RHSTy;
3995 }
3996 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3997 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3998 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003999 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004000 return LHSTy;
4001 }
Daniel Dunbar484603b2008-09-11 23:12:46 +00004002
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004003 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004004 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
4005 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00004006 return QualType();
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00004007}
4008
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004009/// FindCompositeObjCPointerType - Helper method to find composite type of
4010/// two objective-c pointer types of the two input expressions.
4011QualType Sema::FindCompositeObjCPointerType(Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4012 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
4013 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
4014 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
4015
4016 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
4017 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
4018 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
4019 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
4020 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
4021 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4022 return LHSTy;
4023 }
4024 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
4025 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
4026 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4027 return RHSTy;
4028 }
4029 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
4030 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
4031 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
4032 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4033 return LHSTy;
4034 }
4035 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
4036 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
4037 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4038 return RHSTy;
4039 }
4040 // And the same for struct objc_selector* / SEL
4041 if (Context.isObjCSelType(LHSTy) &&
4042 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType)) {
4043 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4044 return LHSTy;
4045 }
4046 if (Context.isObjCSelType(RHSTy) &&
4047 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType)) {
4048 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4049 return RHSTy;
4050 }
4051 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
4052 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4053
4054 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4055 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
4056 return LHSTy;
4057 }
4058 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4059 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4060 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
4061
4062 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
4063 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
4064 // type. This allows
4065 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
4066 // where B is a subclass of A.
4067 //
4068 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
4069 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
4070 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
4071 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
4072
4073 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
4074 // It could return the composite type.
4075 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
4076 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
4077 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
4078 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
4079 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
4080 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
4081 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
4082 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
4083 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
4084 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
4085 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
4086 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
4087 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
4088 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
4089 } else if (!(compositeType =
4090 Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull())
4091 ;
4092 else {
4093 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
4094 << LHSTy << RHSTy
4095 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
4096 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
4097 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4098 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4099 return incompatTy;
4100 }
4101 // The object pointer types are compatible.
4102 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4103 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4104 return compositeType;
4105 }
4106 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
4107 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4108 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4109 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4110 QualType destPointee
4111 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
4112 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
4113 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4114 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4115 // Promote to void*.
4116 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4117 return destType;
4118 }
4119 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
4120 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4121 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4122 QualType destPointee
4123 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
4124 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
4125 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4126 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4127 // Promote to void*.
4128 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4129 return destType;
4130 }
4131 return QualType();
4132}
4133
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00004134/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00004135/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004136Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
4137 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4138 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
4139 ExprArg RHS) {
4140 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
4141 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00004142
4143 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
4144 // was the condition.
4145 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
4146 if (isLHSNull)
4147 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004148
4149 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattnerdaaa9f22007-07-16 21:39:03 +00004150 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00004151 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004152 return ExprError();
4153
4154 Cond.release();
4155 LHS.release();
4156 RHS.release();
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00004157 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr, QuestionLoc,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004158 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00004159 ColonLoc, RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00004160}
4161
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004162// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004163// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004164// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
4165// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
4166// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004167Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004168Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004169 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004170
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00004171 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4172 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
4173 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4174 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
4175 return Compatible;
4176 }
4177
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00004178 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004179 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4180 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004181
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00004182 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004183 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4184 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00004185
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004186 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004187
4188 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
4189 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
4190 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianece85822009-02-17 18:27:45 +00004191 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004192 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004193 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004194
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004195 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
4196 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004197 // version of void...
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004198 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004199 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004200 return ConvTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004201
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004202 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004203 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
4204 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004205 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004206
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004207 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004208 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004209 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004210
4211 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004212 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
4213 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004214 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004215 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004216 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004217 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
4218 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
4219 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
4220 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
4221 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
4222 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004223 if (lhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004224 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004225 else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004226 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004227
4228 if (rhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004229 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004230 else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004231 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004232
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004233 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
4234 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
4235 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
4236 // warning can be disabled.
4237 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
4238 return ConvTy;
4239 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
4240 }
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004241
4242 // If we are a multi-level pointer, it's possible that our issue is simply
4243 // one of qualification - e.g. char ** -> const char ** is not allowed. If
4244 // the eventual target type is the same and the pointers have the same
4245 // level of indirection, this must be the issue.
4246 if (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType()) {
4247 do {
4248 lhptee = lhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4249 rhptee = rhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4250
4251 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4252 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
4253 } while (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType());
4254
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004255 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee))
Alexis Hunt6f3de502009-11-08 07:46:34 +00004256 return IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers;
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004257 }
4258
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004259 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004260 return IncompatiblePointer;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004261 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004262 return ConvTy;
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00004263}
4264
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004265/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
4266/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
4267/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
4268// types.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004269Sema::AssignConvertType
4270Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004271 QualType rhsType) {
4272 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004273
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004274 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004275 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4276 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004277
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004278 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
4279 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4280 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004281
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004282 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004283
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004284 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004285 if (lhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers())
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004286 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004287
Eli Friedmana6638ca2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004288 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004289 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004290 return ConvTy;
4291}
4292
Fariborz Jahanian410f2eb2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004293/// CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment - Compares two objective-c pointer types
4294/// for assignment compatibility.
4295Sema::AssignConvertType
4296Sema::CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
4297 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() || rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType())
4298 return Compatible;
4299 QualType lhptee =
4300 lhsType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4301 QualType rhptee =
4302 rhsType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4303 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
4304 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4305 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
4306 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
4307 return CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
4308
4309 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
4310 return Compatible;
4311 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
4312 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
4313 return IncompatiblePointer;
4314}
4315
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004316/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
4317/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00004318/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
4319///
4320/// int a, *pint;
4321/// short *pshort;
4322/// struct foo *pfoo;
4323///
4324/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
4325/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
4326/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
4327/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
4328///
4329/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004330/// C99 spec dictates.
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00004331///
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004332Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004333Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004334 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
4335 // them.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004336 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
4337 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004338
4339 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerf5c973d2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00004340 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff44fd8ff2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00004341
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00004342 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4343 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
4344 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4345 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
4346 return Compatible;
4347 }
4348
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004349 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
4350 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
4351 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
4352 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
4353 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
4354 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
4355 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004356 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004357 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson24ebce62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00004358 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004359 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahaniana1e34202007-12-19 17:45:58 +00004360 }
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004361 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
4362 // to the same ExtVector type.
4363 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4364 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
4365 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
4366 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
4367 return Compatible;
4368 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004369
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004370 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004371 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004372 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004373 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004374 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
4375 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004376 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004377 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004378 }
4379 return Incompatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004380 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004381
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004382 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004383 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004384
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004385 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004386 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004387 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004388
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004389 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004390 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004391
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004392 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004393 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004394 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4395 return Compatible;
4396 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004397 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004398 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
4399 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004400 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004401
4402 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004403 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004404 return Compatible;
4405 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004406 return Incompatible;
4407 }
4408
4409 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
4410 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedman8163b7a2009-02-25 04:20:42 +00004411 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004412
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004413 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004414 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004415 return Compatible;
4416
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004417 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
4418 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004419
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004420 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004421 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004422 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004423 }
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004424 return Incompatible;
4425 }
4426
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004427 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
4428 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
4429 return IntToPointer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004430
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004431 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004432 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004433 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4434 return Compatible;
4435 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004436 }
4437 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian410f2eb2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004438 return CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004439 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004440 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004441 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
4442 return Compatible;
4443 }
4444 // Treat block pointers as objects.
4445 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
4446 return Compatible;
4447 return Incompatible;
4448 }
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004449 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004450 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004451 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
4452 return Compatible;
4453
4454 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004455 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004456
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004457 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004458 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004459
4460 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004461 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004462 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004463 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004464 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004465 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
4466 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
4467 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
4468 return Compatible;
4469
4470 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
4471 return PointerToInt;
4472
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004473 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004474 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004475 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4476 return Compatible;
4477 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004478 }
4479 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004480 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004481 return Compatible;
4482 return Incompatible;
4483 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004484
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004485 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004486 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004487 return Compatible;
Bill Wendling216423b2007-05-30 06:30:29 +00004488 }
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004489 return Incompatible;
Steve Naroff9eb24652007-05-02 21:58:15 +00004490}
4491
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004492/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
4493/// used to initialize the transparent union.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004494static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004495 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
4496 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
4497 // of the transparent union.
4498 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
4499 &E, 1,
4500 SourceLocation());
4501 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
4502 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
4503
4504 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
4505 // union type from this initializer list.
4506 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
4507 false);
4508}
4509
4510Sema::AssignConvertType
4511Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
4512 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
4513
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004514 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004515 // transparent_union GCC extension.
4516 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004517 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004518 return Incompatible;
4519
4520 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
4521 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
4522 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
4523 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004524 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
4525 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004526 it != itend; ++it) {
4527 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
4528 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
4529 // 1) void pointer
4530 // 2) null pointer constant
4531 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004532 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004533 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004534 InitField = *it;
4535 break;
4536 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004537
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004538 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4539 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004540 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004541 InitField = *it;
4542 break;
4543 }
4544 }
4545
4546 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
4547 == Compatible) {
4548 InitField = *it;
4549 break;
4550 }
4551 }
4552
4553 if (!InitField)
4554 return Incompatible;
4555
4556 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
4557 return Compatible;
4558}
4559
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004560Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004561Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004562 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4563 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
4564 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
4565 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
4566 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00004567 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00004568 AA_Assigning))
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004569 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner0d5640c2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00004570 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004571 }
4572
4573 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
4574 // structures.
4575 }
4576
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004577 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
4578 // a null pointer constant.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004579 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
4580 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004581 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004582 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4583 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004584 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004585 return Compatible;
4586 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004587
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004588 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004589 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +00004590 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004591 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004592 //
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004593 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004594 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
4595 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004596
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004597 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
4598 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004599
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004600 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
4601 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004602 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
4603 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
4604 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
4605 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004606 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004607 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType(),
4608 CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004609 return result;
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004610}
4611
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004612QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004613 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004614 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004615 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004616 return QualType();
Steve Naroff6f49f5d2007-05-29 14:23:36 +00004617}
4618
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004619inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004620 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004621 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004622 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004623 QualType lhsType =
4624 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
4625 QualType rhsType =
4626 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004627
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004628 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004629 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004630 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004631
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004632 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
4633 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004634 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
4635 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004636 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4637 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAs<VectorType>())
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004638 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004639 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004640 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004641 }
4642 }
4643 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004644
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004645 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
4646 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
4647 bool swapped = false;
4648 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4649 swapped = true;
4650 std::swap(rex, lex);
4651 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
4652 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004653
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004654 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004655 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) {
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004656 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
4657 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
4658 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004659 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004660 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4661 return lhsType;
4662 }
4663 }
4664 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
4665 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
4666 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004667 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004668 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4669 return lhsType;
4670 }
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004671 }
4672 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004673
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004674 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004675 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004676 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004677 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004678 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004679}
4680
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004681inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004682 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar060d5e22009-01-05 22:42:10 +00004683 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004684 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004685
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004686 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004687
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004688 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004689 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004690 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004691}
4692
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004693inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004694 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar0d2bfec2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00004695 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4696 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
4697 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4698 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4699 }
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004700
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004701 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004702
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004703 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004704 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004705 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004706}
4707
4708inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004709 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004710 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4711 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4712 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4713 return compType;
4714 }
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004715
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004716 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004717
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00004718 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004719 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
4720 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
4721 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004722 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004723 }
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004724
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004725 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
4726 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004727 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004728 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
4729
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004730 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004731
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004732 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004733 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004734
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004735 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
4736 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004737 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4738 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00004739 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004740 return QualType();
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004741 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004742
4743 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4744 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4745 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004746 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004747 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4748 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4749 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
4750 return QualType();
4751 }
4752
4753 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4754 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4755 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004756 } else {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004757 // Check if we require a complete type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004758 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004759 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004760 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
4761 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004762 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
4763 << PExp->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004764 << PExp->getType()))
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004765 return QualType();
4766 }
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004767 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4768 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4769 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4770 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
4771 return QualType();
4772 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004773
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004774 if (CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004775 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4776 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4777 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4778 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4779 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004780 }
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004781 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
4782 }
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004783 return PExp->getType();
4784 }
4785 }
4786
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004787 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004788}
4789
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004790// C99 6.5.6
4791QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004792 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
4793 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4794 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4795 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4796 return compType;
4797 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004798
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004799 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004800
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004801 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004802
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004803 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004804 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
4805 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004806 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004807 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004808 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004809
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004810 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004811 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff4eed7a12009-07-13 17:19:15 +00004812 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004813
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004814 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004815
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004816 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
4817 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
4818 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
4819 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4820 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4821 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4822 return QualType();
4823 }
4824
4825 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4826 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4827 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4828 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4829 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004830 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004831 return QualType();
4832 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004833
4834 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4835 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
4836 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004837 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004838 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004839 << lex->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004840 << lex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004841 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004842
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004843 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4844 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4845 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4846 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
4847 return QualType();
4848 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004849
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004850 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004851 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
4852 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4853 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4854 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4855 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4856 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004857 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004858 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
4859
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004860 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004861 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004862 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004863
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004864 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004865 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman1974e532008-02-08 01:19:44 +00004866 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004867
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004868 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
4869 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
4870 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
4871 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4872 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4873 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4874 return QualType();
4875 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004876
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004877 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4878 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4879 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4880 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004881 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004882 return QualType();
4883 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004884
4885 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4886 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
4887 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
4888 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
4889 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004890 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
4891 << rex->getSourceRange()
4892 << rex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004893 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004894
Eli Friedman168fe152009-05-16 13:54:38 +00004895 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4896 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
4897 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
4898 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4899 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4900 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4901 return QualType();
4902 }
4903 } else {
4904 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
4905 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
4906 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
4907 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
4908 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4909 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4910 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4911 return QualType();
4912 }
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004913 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004914
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004915 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4916 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4917 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4918 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4919 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004920 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004921 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004922
4923 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004924 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
4925 }
4926 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004927
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004928 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004929}
4930
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004931// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004932QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004933 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004934 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
4935 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004936 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004937
Nate Begemane46ee9a2009-10-25 02:26:48 +00004938 // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type.
4939 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
4940 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4941
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004942 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
4943 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004944 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4945 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4946 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4947 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4948 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004949 }
Chris Lattner3c133402007-12-13 07:28:16 +00004950 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004951 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004952
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004953 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004954
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004955 // Sanity-check shift operands
4956 llvm::APSInt Right;
4957 // Check right/shifter operand
Daniel Dunbar687fa862009-09-17 06:31:27 +00004958 if (!rex->isValueDependent() &&
4959 rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) {
Ryan Flynn2f085712009-08-08 19:18:23 +00004960 if (Right.isNegative())
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004961 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange();
4962 else {
4963 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
4964 Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType()));
4965 if (Right.uge(LeftBits))
4966 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange();
4967 }
4968 }
4969
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004970 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004971 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004972}
4973
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004974/// \brief Implements -Wsign-compare.
4975///
4976/// \param lex the left-hand expression
4977/// \param rex the right-hand expression
4978/// \param OpLoc the location of the joining operator
John McCalle46fd852009-11-06 08:53:51 +00004979/// \param Equality whether this is an "equality-like" join, which
4980/// suppresses the warning in some cases
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004981void Sema::CheckSignCompare(Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004982 const PartialDiagnostic &PD, bool Equality) {
John McCalle2c91e62009-11-06 18:16:06 +00004983 // Don't warn if we're in an unevaluated context.
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00004984 if (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context == Unevaluated)
John McCalle2c91e62009-11-06 18:16:06 +00004985 return;
4986
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004987 QualType lt = lex->getType(), rt = rex->getType();
4988
4989 // Only warn if both operands are integral.
4990 if (!lt->isIntegerType() || !rt->isIntegerType())
4991 return;
4992
Sebastian Redl0b7c85f2009-11-05 21:09:23 +00004993 // If either expression is value-dependent, don't warn. We'll get another
4994 // chance at instantiation time.
4995 if (lex->isValueDependent() || rex->isValueDependent())
4996 return;
4997
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004998 // The rule is that the signed operand becomes unsigned, so isolate the
4999 // signed operand.
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00005000 Expr *signedOperand, *unsignedOperand;
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005001 if (lt->isSignedIntegerType()) {
5002 if (rt->isSignedIntegerType()) return;
5003 signedOperand = lex;
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00005004 unsignedOperand = rex;
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005005 } else {
5006 if (!rt->isSignedIntegerType()) return;
5007 signedOperand = rex;
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00005008 unsignedOperand = lex;
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005009 }
5010
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00005011 // If the unsigned type is strictly smaller than the signed type,
John McCalle46fd852009-11-06 08:53:51 +00005012 // then (1) the result type will be signed and (2) the unsigned
5013 // value will fit fully within the signed type, and thus the result
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00005014 // of the comparison will be exact.
5015 if (Context.getIntWidth(signedOperand->getType()) >
5016 Context.getIntWidth(unsignedOperand->getType()))
5017 return;
5018
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005019 // If the value is a non-negative integer constant, then the
5020 // signed->unsigned conversion won't change it.
5021 llvm::APSInt value;
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00005022 if (signedOperand->isIntegerConstantExpr(value, Context)) {
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005023 assert(value.isSigned() && "result of signed expression not signed");
5024
5025 if (value.isNonNegative())
5026 return;
5027 }
5028
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00005029 if (Equality) {
5030 // For (in)equality comparisons, if the unsigned operand is a
John McCalle46fd852009-11-06 08:53:51 +00005031 // constant which cannot collide with a overflowed signed operand,
5032 // then reinterpreting the signed operand as unsigned will not
5033 // change the result of the comparison.
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00005034 if (unsignedOperand->isIntegerConstantExpr(value, Context)) {
5035 assert(!value.isSigned() && "result of unsigned expression is signed");
5036
5037 // 2's complement: test the top bit.
5038 if (value.isNonNegative())
5039 return;
5040 }
5041 }
5042
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00005043 Diag(OpLoc, PD)
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005044 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
5045 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5046}
5047
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005048// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005049QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005050 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
5051 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
5052
Chris Lattner9a152e22009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005053 // Handle vector comparisons separately.
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005054 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005055 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005056
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00005057 CheckSignCompare(lex, rex, Loc, diag::warn_mixed_sign_comparison,
5058 (Opc == BinaryOperator::EQ || Opc == BinaryOperator::NE));
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005059
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005060 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff47fea352007-08-10 18:26:40 +00005061 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
5062 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
5063 else {
5064 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
5065 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
5066 }
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005067 QualType lType = lex->getType();
5068 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005069
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005070 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
5071 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005072 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
5073 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
5074 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005075 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
Ted Kremenekde9e9682009-03-20 19:57:37 +00005076 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005077 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
5078 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
5079 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
5080 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenek9ffbe412009-03-20 18:35:45 +00005081 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
5082 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005083 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005084
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005085 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
5086 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
5087 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
5088 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005089
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005090 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
5091 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005092 Expr *literalString = 0;
5093 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005094 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005095 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
5096 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005097 literalString = lex;
5098 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00005099 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
5100 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005101 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
5102 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005103 literalString = rex;
5104 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
5105 }
5106
5107 if (literalString) {
5108 std::string resultComparison;
5109 switch (Opc) {
5110 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
5111 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
5112 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
5113 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
5114 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
5115 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
5116 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
5117 }
5118 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
5119 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
5120 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor170512f2009-04-01 23:51:29 +00005121 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
5122 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
5123 "strcmp(")
5124 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
5125 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005126 resultComparison);
5127 }
Ted Kremeneke451eae2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00005128 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005129
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005130 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner9a152e22009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005131 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy:Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005132
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005133 if (isRelational) {
5134 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005135 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005136 } else {
Ted Kremeneke2763b02007-10-29 17:13:39 +00005137 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Chris Lattner9a152e22009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005138 if (lType->isFloatingType() && rType->isFloatingType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005139 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005140
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005141 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005142 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005143 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005144
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005145 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
5146 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
5147 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
5148 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005149
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005150 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
5151 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
5152 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff808eb8f2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00005153 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00005154 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005155 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00005156 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005157 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005158
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005159 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005160 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
5161 return ResultTy;
Fariborz Jahanianffc420c2009-12-21 18:19:17 +00005162 if (!isRelational &&
5163 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
5164 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
5165 // This is a gcc extension compatibility comparison.
5166 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
5167 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
5168 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
5169 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5170 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5171 return ResultTy;
5172 }
5173 }
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005174 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
5175 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
5176 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
5177 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
5178 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
5179 //
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005180 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005181 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorb8420462009-05-05 04:50:50 +00005182 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005183 if (T.isNull()) {
5184 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
5185 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5186 return QualType();
5187 }
5188
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005189 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5190 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005191 return ResultTy;
5192 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005193 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
5194 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
5195 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
5196 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
5197 if (isRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
5198 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
5199 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5200 }
5201 } else if (!isRelational &&
5202 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
5203 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
5204 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
5205 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
5206 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
5207 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5208 }
5209 } else {
5210 // Invalid
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005211 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005212 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff75c17232007-06-13 21:41:08 +00005213 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005214 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005215 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005216 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00005217 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005218
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005219 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005220 // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005221 // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005222 if (RHSIsNull &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005223 (lType->isPointerType() ||
5224 (!isRelational && lType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00005225 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005226 return ResultTy;
5227 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005228 if (LHSIsNull &&
5229 (rType->isPointerType() ||
5230 (!isRelational && rType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00005231 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005232 return ResultTy;
5233 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005234
5235 // Comparison of member pointers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005236 if (!isRelational &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005237 lType->isMemberPointerType() && rType->isMemberPointerType()) {
5238 // C++ [expr.eq]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005239 // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to
5240 // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions
5241 // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring
5242 // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant,
5243 // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the
5244 // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type
5245 // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4)
5246 // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005247 // types.
5248 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
5249 if (T.isNull()) {
5250 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
5251 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5252 return QualType();
5253 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005254
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005255 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5256 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005257 return ResultTy;
5258 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005259
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005260 // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005261 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
5262 return ResultTy;
5263 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005264
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005265 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005266 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005267 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5268 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005269
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005270 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedmana6638ca2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00005271 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005272 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005273 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005274 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005275 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005276 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005277 }
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005278 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005279 if (!isRelational
5280 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
5281 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005282 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005283 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005284 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005285 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005286 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
5287 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
5288 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005289 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005290 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005291 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005292 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005293
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005294 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00005295 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005296 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
5297 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005298 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005299 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005300 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005301 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005302
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005303 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
5304 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005305 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005306 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00005307 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005308 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005309 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffea54d9e2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00005310 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005311 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005312 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType))
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005313 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
5314 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005315 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005316 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffb788d9b2008-06-03 14:04:54 +00005317 }
Fariborz Jahanian134cbef2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00005318 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005319 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005320 unsigned DiagID = 0;
5321 if (RHSIsNull) {
5322 if (isRelational)
5323 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
5324 } else if (isRelational)
5325 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
5326 else
5327 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005328
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005329 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005330 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00005331 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005332 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005333 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005334 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00005335 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005336 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005337 unsigned DiagID = 0;
5338 if (LHSIsNull) {
5339 if (isRelational)
5340 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
5341 } else if (isRelational)
5342 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
5343 else
5344 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005345
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005346 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005347 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00005348 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005349 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005350 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005351 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00005352 }
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005353 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005354 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
5355 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005356 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005357 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005358 }
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005359 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
5360 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005361 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005362 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005363 }
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005364 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005365}
5366
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005367/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005368/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005369/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
5370/// types.
5371QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005372 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005373 bool isRelational) {
5374 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
5375 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005376 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005377 if (vType.isNull())
5378 return vType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005379
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005380 QualType lType = lex->getType();
5381 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005382
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005383 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
5384 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
5385 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
5386 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
5387 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
5388 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
5389 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005390 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005391 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005392
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005393 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
5394 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
5395 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005396 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005397 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005398
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005399 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
5400 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
5401 // elements for floating point vectors.
5402 if (lType->isIntegerType())
5403 return lType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005404
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005405 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAs<VectorType>();
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005406 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005407 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005408 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattner5d688962009-03-31 07:46:52 +00005409 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005410 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
5411
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005412 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005413 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005414 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
5415}
5416
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005417inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005418 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Steve Naroff94a5aca2007-07-16 22:23:01 +00005419 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005420 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00005421
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005422 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005423
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00005424 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005425 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005426 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005427}
5428
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005429inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005430 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc) {
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005431 if (!Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5432 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
5433 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005434
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005435 if (!lex->getType()->isScalarType() || !rex->getType()->isScalarType())
5436 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005437
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005438 return Context.IntTy;
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005439 }
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005440
5441 // C++ [expr.log.and]p1
5442 // C++ [expr.log.or]p1
5443 // The operands are both implicitly converted to type bool (clause 4).
5444 StandardConversionSequence LHS;
5445 if (!IsStandardConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy,
5446 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, LHS))
5447 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005448
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005449 if (PerformImplicitConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy, LHS,
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005450 AA_Passing, /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005451 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5452
5453 StandardConversionSequence RHS;
5454 if (!IsStandardConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy,
5455 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, RHS))
5456 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5457
5458 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy, RHS,
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005459 AA_Passing, /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005460 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5461
5462 // C++ [expr.log.and]p2
5463 // C++ [expr.log.or]p2
5464 // The result is a bool.
5465 return Context.BoolTy;
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00005466}
5467
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005468/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
5469/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
5470/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
5471///
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005472static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005473 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
5474 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
5475 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
5476 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005477 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005478 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
5479 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
5480 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
5481 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005482 }
5483 }
5484 return false;
5485}
5486
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005487/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
5488/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
5489static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005490 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005491 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005492 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005493 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
5494 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005495 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
5496 return false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005497
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005498 unsigned Diag = 0;
5499 bool NeedType = false;
5500 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
5501 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
5502 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005503 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005504 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5505 NeedType = true;
5506 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005507 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005508 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5509 NeedType = true;
5510 break;
Chris Lattner9b3bbe92008-11-17 19:51:54 +00005511 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005512 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
5513 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005514 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005515 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5516 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005517 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
5518 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregored0cfbd2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00005519 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00005520 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue)
5521 << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005522 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005523 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
5524 break;
Steve Naroffba756cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00005525 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005526 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5527 break;
Fariborz Jahanian8a1810f2008-11-22 18:39:36 +00005528 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
5529 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
5530 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5118c412008-11-22 20:25:50 +00005531 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
5532 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
5533 break;
Fariborz Jahaniane8d28902009-12-15 23:59:41 +00005534 case Expr::MLV_SubObjCPropertySetting:
5535 Diag = diag::error_no_subobject_property_setting;
5536 break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005537 }
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00005538
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005539 SourceRange Assign;
5540 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
5541 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005542 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005543 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005544 else
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005545 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005546 return true;
5547}
5548
5549
5550
5551// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005552QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
5553 SourceLocation Loc,
5554 QualType CompoundType) {
5555 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
5556 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005557 return QualType();
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005558
5559 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
5560 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005561
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005562 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005563 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005564 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005565 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005566 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
5567 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
5568 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005569 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005570 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005571 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005572 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005573
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005574 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
5575 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
5576 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005577 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005578 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
5579 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
5580 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
5581 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
5582 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005583 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005584 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005585 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
5586 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
5587 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattnered9f14c2009-03-09 07:11:10 +00005588 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
5589 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005590 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
5591 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
5592 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005593 }
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005594 }
5595 } else {
5596 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedmanb05c41e2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00005597 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005598 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005599
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005600 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005601 RHS, AA_Assigning))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005602 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005603
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00005604 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
5605 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005606 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00005607 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
5608 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005609 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005610 // operand.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005611 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00005612}
5613
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005614// C99 6.5.17
5615QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattnerf6e1e302008-07-25 20:54:07 +00005616 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005617 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005618
5619 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
5620 // incomplete in C++).
5621
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005622 return RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff95af0132007-03-30 23:47:58 +00005623}
5624
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00005625/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
5626/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005627QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5628 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005629 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5630 return Context.DependentTy;
5631
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005632 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
5633 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Steve Naroffd50c88e2007-04-05 21:15:20 +00005634
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005635 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
5636 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
5637 if (!isInc) {
5638 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5639 return QualType();
5640 }
5641 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
5642 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5643 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005644 // OK!
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005645 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
5646 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005647
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005648 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005649 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005650 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5651 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5652 << Op->getSourceRange();
5653 return QualType();
5654 }
5655
5656 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005657 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005658 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005659 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5660 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
5661 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
5662 return QualType();
5663 }
5664
5665 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005666 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005667 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005668 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005669 << Op->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005670 << ResType))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00005671 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanianca75db72009-07-16 17:59:14 +00005672 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5673 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5674 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5675 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
5676 return QualType();
5677 }
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005678 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
5679 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
5680 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005681 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005682 } else {
5683 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Douglas Gregor906db8a2009-12-15 16:44:32 +00005684 << ResType << int(isInc) << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005685 return QualType();
Steve Naroff46ba1eb2007-04-03 23:13:13 +00005686 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005687 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroff9e1e5512007-08-23 21:37:33 +00005688 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005689 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005690 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005691 return ResType;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005692}
5693
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005694/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005695/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005696/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
5697/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
5698/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
5699/// - &(x) => x
5700/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
5701/// - &s.xx => s
5702/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
5703/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
5704/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
5705/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005706static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005707 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005708 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005709 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005710 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005711 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
5712 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
5713 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005714 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005715 return 0;
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005716 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005717 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005718 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005719 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
5720 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005721 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
5722 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
5723 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
5724 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
5725 }
5726 return 0;
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005727 }
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005728 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
5729 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005730
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005731 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005732 case UnaryOperator::Real:
5733 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
5734 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
5735 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
5736 default:
5737 return 0;
5738 }
5739 }
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005740 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005741 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005742 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005743 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
5744 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005745 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005746 default:
5747 return 0;
5748 }
5749}
5750
5751/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005752/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005753/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005754/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00005755/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005756/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005757/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005758QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005759 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
5760 op = op->IgnoreParens();
5761
Douglas Gregor19b8c4f2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00005762 if (op->isTypeDependent())
5763 return Context.DependentTy;
5764
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005765 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
5766 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
5767 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
5768 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
5769 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
5770 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
5771 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
5772 }
5773 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
5774 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
5775 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005776 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner67315442008-07-26 21:30:36 +00005777 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes17f345f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00005778
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005779 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5780 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005781 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005782 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005783 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005784 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
5785 << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005786 return QualType();
5787 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00005788 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005789 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
5790 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5791 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00005792 return QualType();
Nate Begemana6b47a42009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005793 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
5794 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005795 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005796 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemana6b47a42009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005797 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005798 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian385db802009-07-07 18:50:52 +00005799 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
5800 // cannot take address of a property expression.
5801 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5802 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
5803 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson3fa58d12009-09-14 23:15:26 +00005804 } else if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(op)) {
5805 // FIXME: Can LHS ever be null here?
Anders Carlsson01ccf992009-09-15 16:03:44 +00005806 if (!CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getTrueExpr(), OpLoc).isNull())
5807 return CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getFalseExpr(), OpLoc);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005808 } else if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(op)) {
5809 return Context.OverloadTy;
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005810 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005811 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005812 // with the register storage-class specifier.
5813 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005814 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005815 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5816 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005817 return QualType();
5818 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005819 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005820 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005821 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor9aa8b552008-12-10 21:26:49 +00005822 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005823 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
5824 // scope qualifier for the class.
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005825 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) {
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005826 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005827 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
5828 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005829 Diag(OpLoc,
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005830 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
5831 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
5832 return QualType();
5833 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005834
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005835 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5836 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005837 }
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005838 }
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005839 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes5773a1b2008-12-16 22:58:26 +00005840 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005841 // As above.
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005842 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier() &&
5843 MD->isInstance())
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005844 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5845 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
5846 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Steve Narofff633d092007-04-25 19:01:39 +00005847 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005848 }
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005849
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005850 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5851 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
5852 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
5853 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
5854 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
5855 }
5856
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005857 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005858 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005859}
5860
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005861QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005862 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5863 return Context.DependentTy;
5864
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005865 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
5866 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005867
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005868 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
5869 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
5870 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
5871 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005872 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005873 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005874
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005875 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Fariborz Jahanianf15d4b62009-09-03 00:43:07 +00005876 return OPT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005877
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005878 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005879 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005880 return QualType();
Steve Naroff1926c832007-04-24 00:23:05 +00005881}
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005882
5883static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
5884 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5885 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5886 switch (Kind) {
5887 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005888 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
5889 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005890 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
5891 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
5892 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
5893 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
5894 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
5895 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
5896 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
5897 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
5898 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
5899 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
5900 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
5901 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
5902 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
5903 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
5904 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
5905 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
5906 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
5907 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
5908 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
5909 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
5910 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
5911 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
5912 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
5913 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
5914 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
5915 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
5916 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
5917 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
5918 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
5919 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
5920 }
5921 return Opc;
5922}
5923
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005924static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
5925 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5926 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5927 switch (Kind) {
5928 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
5929 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
5930 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
5931 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
5932 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
5933 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
5934 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
5935 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
5936 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005937 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
5938 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
Chris Lattnerd0f76512007-06-08 22:16:53 +00005939 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005940 }
5941 return Opc;
5942}
5943
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005944/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
5945/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
5946/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005947Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5948 unsigned Op,
5949 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005950 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005951 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005952 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
5953 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
5954 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005955
5956 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005957 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
5958 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
5959 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005960 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
5961 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
5962 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
5963 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
5964 break;
5965 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005966 case BinaryOperator::Div:
5967 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5968 break;
5969 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
5970 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5971 break;
5972 case BinaryOperator::Add:
5973 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5974 break;
5975 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
5976 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5977 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005978 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005979 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
5980 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5981 break;
5982 case BinaryOperator::LE:
5983 case BinaryOperator::LT:
5984 case BinaryOperator::GE:
5985 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005986 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005987 break;
5988 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
5989 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005990 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005991 break;
5992 case BinaryOperator::And:
5993 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
5994 case BinaryOperator::Or:
5995 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5996 break;
5997 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
5998 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
5999 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6000 break;
6001 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
6002 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006003 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6004 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6005 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6006 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006007 break;
6008 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006009 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6010 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6011 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6012 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006013 break;
6014 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006015 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
6016 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6017 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006018 break;
6019 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006020 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
6021 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6022 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006023 break;
6024 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
6025 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006026 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6027 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6028 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6029 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006030 break;
6031 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
6032 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
6033 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006034 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6035 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6036 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6037 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006038 break;
6039 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
6040 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6041 break;
6042 }
6043 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006044 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006045 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006046 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
6047 else
6048 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006049 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
6050 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006051}
6052
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006053/// SuggestParentheses - Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps
6054/// ParenRange in parentheses.
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006055static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc,
6056 const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
6057 SourceRange ParenRange)
6058{
6059 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(ParenRange.getEnd());
6060 if (!ParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
6061 // We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the
6062 // warning/error and return.
6063 Self.Diag(Loc, PD);
6064 return;
6065 }
6066
6067 Self.Diag(Loc, PD)
6068 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
6069 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
6070}
6071
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006072/// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison
6073/// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that
6074/// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of
6075/// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1".
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006076static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6077 SourceLocation OpLoc,Expr *lhs,Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006078 typedef BinaryOperator BinOp;
6079 BinOp::Opcode lhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1),
6080 rhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1);
6081 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(lhs))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006082 lhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006083 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(rhs))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006084 rhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
6085
6086 // Subs are not binary operators.
6087 if (lhsopc == -1 && rhsopc == -1)
6088 return;
6089
6090 // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops.
6091 // Don't diagnose this.
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006092 if ((BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(lhsopc)) &&
6093 (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(rhsopc)))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006094 return;
6095
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006096 if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc))
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006097 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
6098 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006099 << SourceRange(lhs->getLocStart(), OpLoc)
6100 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(lhsopc),
6101 SourceRange(cast<BinOp>(lhs)->getRHS()->getLocStart(), rhs->getLocEnd()));
6102 else if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc))
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006103 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
6104 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006105 << SourceRange(OpLoc, rhs->getLocEnd())
6106 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(rhsopc),
6107 SourceRange(lhs->getLocEnd(), cast<BinOp>(rhs)->getLHS()->getLocStart()));
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006108}
6109
6110/// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky
6111/// precedence. This currently diagnoses only "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3".
6112/// But it could also warn about arg1 && arg2 || arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does.
6113static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6114 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006115 if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006116 DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, lhs, rhs);
6117}
6118
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006119// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006120Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
6121 tok::TokenKind Kind,
6122 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006123 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006124 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006125
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00006126 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
6127 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006128
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006129 // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0"
6130 DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, lhs, rhs);
6131
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006132 return BuildBinOp(S, TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
6133}
6134
6135Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6136 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6137 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006138 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006139 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006140 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
6141 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
6142 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
6143 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
6144 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00006145 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006146 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
6147 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006148 if (S)
6149 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
6150 Functions);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006151 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006152 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006153 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
Sebastian Redlc057f422009-10-23 19:23:15 +00006154 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00006155 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006156
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006157 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
6158 // binary operation.
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006159 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006160 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006161
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006162 // Build a built-in binary operation.
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006163 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006164}
6165
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006166Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006167 unsigned OpcIn,
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006168 ExprArg InputArg) {
6169 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00006170
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00006171 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006172 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006173 QualType resultType;
6174 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006175 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
6176 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
6177 break;
6178
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006179 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
6180 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00006181 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
6182 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00006183 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00006184 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
6185 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006186 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006187 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00006188 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006189 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006190 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroffb7235642007-12-18 04:06:57 +00006191 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00006192 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006193 break;
6194 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
6195 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006196 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
6197 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006198 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6199 break;
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00006200 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
6201 break;
6202 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
6203 resultType->isEnumeralType())
6204 break;
6205 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
6206 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
6207 resultType->isPointerType())
6208 break;
6209
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006210 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6211 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006212 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006213 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
6214 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006215 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6216 break;
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00006217 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
6218 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
6219 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006220 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00006221 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00006222 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006223 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6224 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006225 break;
6226 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00006227 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006228 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
6229 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006230 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6231 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006232 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006233 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6234 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnerbe31ed82007-06-02 19:11:33 +00006235 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006236 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
6237 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006238 break;
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006239 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006240 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00006241 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006242 break;
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00006243 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00006244 resultType = Input->getType();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00006245 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006246 }
6247 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006248 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006249
6250 InputArg.release();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006251 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006252}
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006253
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006254Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6255 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6256 ExprArg input) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006257 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
Anders Carlsson461a2c02009-11-14 21:26:41 +00006258 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType() &&
6259 Opc != UnaryOperator::Extension) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006260 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
6261 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
6262 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
6263 // the arguments.
6264 FunctionSet Functions;
6265 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
6266 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006267 if (S)
6268 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
6269 Functions);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006270 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006271 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
Sebastian Redlc057f422009-10-23 19:23:15 +00006272 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, &Input, 1, Functions);
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006273 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006274
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006275 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
6276 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006277
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006278 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
6279}
6280
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006281// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
6282Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6283 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
6284 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op), move(input));
6285}
6286
Steve Naroff66356bd2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00006287/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006288Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
6289 SourceLocation LabLoc,
6290 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006291 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattner3318e862009-04-18 20:01:55 +00006292 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006293
Daniel Dunbar88402ce2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00006294 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
6295 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroff846b1ec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00006296 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006297 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006298
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006299 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006300 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
6301 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006302}
6303
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006304Sema::OwningExprResult
6305Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
6306 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
6307 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006308 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
6309 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
6310
Eli Friedman52cc0162009-01-24 23:09:00 +00006311 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattnera69b0762009-04-25 19:11:05 +00006312 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006313 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedman52cc0162009-01-24 23:09:00 +00006314
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006315 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
6316 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
6317 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006318
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006319 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
6320 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
6321 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006322
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006323 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
6324 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
6325 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
6326 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
6327 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006328
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006329 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006330 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006331 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006332
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006333 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
6334 // expressions are not lvalues.
6335
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006336 substmt.release();
6337 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006338}
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006339
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006340Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
6341 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6342 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
6343 TypeTy *argty,
6344 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
6345 unsigned NumComponents,
6346 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
6347 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
6348 // error.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006349 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
6350 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(argty);
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006351 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006352
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006353 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
6354
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006355 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
6356 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
6357 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006358 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006359 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006360
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006361 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
6362 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor26897462009-03-11 16:48:53 +00006363
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006364 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
6365 // the offsetof designators.
6366 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
6367 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006368 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006369 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman16c88df2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00006370
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00006371 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
6372 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006373 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
6374 // a system header!
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00006375 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00006376 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
6377 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006378
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006379 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedman8469bc72009-05-03 21:22:18 +00006380 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006381
John McCall9eff4e62009-11-04 03:03:43 +00006382 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeLoc, Res->getType(),
6383 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type))
6384 return ExprError();
6385
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006386 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
6387 // leaks like a sieve.
6388 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
6389 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
6390 if (OC.isBrackets) {
6391 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
6392 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
6393 if (!AT) {
6394 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006395 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
6396 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006397 }
6398
6399 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
6400
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006401 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
6402 // expression.
6403 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
6404
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006405 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
6406 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006407 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006408 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006409 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00006410 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006411 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006412
6413 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
6414 OC.LocEnd);
6415 continue;
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006416 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006417
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006418 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006419 if (!RC) {
6420 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006421 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
6422 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006423 }
Chris Lattner98dbf0a2007-08-30 17:59:59 +00006424
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006425 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
6426 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00006427 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00006428 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD &&
6429 DiagRuntimeBehavior(BuiltinLoc,
6430 PDiag(diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
6431 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
6432 << Res->getType()))
6433 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00006434 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006435
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00006436 LookupResult R(*this, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocStart, LookupMemberName);
6437 LookupQualifiedName(R, RD);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00006438
John McCall67c00872009-12-02 08:25:40 +00006439 FieldDecl *MemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>();
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006440 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006441 if (!MemberDecl)
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +00006442 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member)
6443 << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006444
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006445 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
6446 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006447 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00006448 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
John McCall7e1d6d72009-11-11 03:23:23 +00006449 OC.LocEnd, MemberDecl, Res, OC.LocEnd).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006450 } else {
Eli Friedman78cde142009-12-04 07:18:51 +00006451 PerformObjectMemberConversion(Res, MemberDecl);
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006452 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
6453 // doesn't matter here.
6454 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
6455 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
6456 }
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006457 }
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006458 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006459
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006460 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
6461 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006462}
6463
6464
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006465Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6466 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
6467 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006468 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
6469 QualType argT1 = GetTypeFromParser(arg1);
6470 QualType argT2 = GetTypeFromParser(arg2);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006471
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006472 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006473
Douglas Gregorf907cbf2009-05-19 22:28:02 +00006474 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6475 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
6476 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
6477 return ExprError();
6478 }
6479
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006480 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
6481 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006482}
6483
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006484Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6485 ExprArg cond,
6486 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
6487 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
6488 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
6489 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
6490 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006491
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006492 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
6493
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006494 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006495 bool ValueDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor0df91122009-05-19 22:43:30 +00006496 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006497 resType = Context.DependentTy;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006498 ValueDependent = true;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006499 } else {
6500 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
6501 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
6502 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
6503 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006504 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
6505 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
6506 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006507
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006508 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
6509 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006510 ValueDependent = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->isValueDependent()
6511 : RHSExpr->isValueDependent();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006512 }
6513
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006514 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
6515 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006516 resType, RPLoc,
6517 resType->isDependentType(),
6518 ValueDependent));
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006519}
6520
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006521//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6522// Clang Extensions.
6523//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6524
6525/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006526void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006527 // Analyze block parameters.
6528 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006529
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006530 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
6531 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
6532 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006533
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006534 BSI->ReturnType = QualType();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006535 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpa6703322009-02-19 22:01:56 +00006536 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Daniel Dunbarb9a68612009-07-29 01:59:17 +00006537 BSI->hasPrototype = false;
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006538 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
6539 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006540
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006541 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Ted Kremenek54ad1ab2009-12-07 22:01:30 +00006542 CurContext->addDecl(BSI->TheDecl);
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00006543 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006544}
6545
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006546void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00006547 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006548
6549 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
6550 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006551 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006552 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
6553
Mike Stumpd456c482009-04-28 01:10:27 +00006554 if (T->isArrayType()) {
6555 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6556 diag::err_block_returns_array);
6557 return;
6558 }
6559
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006560 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
6561 if (!T->isFunctionType())
6562 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
6563
6564 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
6565 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006566 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006567 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006568 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006569 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006570 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6571 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006572 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006573
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006574 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6575 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6576 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6577 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6578 return;
6579 }
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006580 return;
6581 }
6582
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006583 // Analyze arguments to block.
6584 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
6585 "Not a function declarator!");
6586 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006587
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006588 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
6589 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006590
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006591 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
6592 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
6593 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
6594 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattner83f095c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00006595 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
6596 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006597 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006598 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006599 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
6600 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattner83f095c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00006601 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006602 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006603 }
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00006604 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006605 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahanian960910a2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00006606 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006607 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006608 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
6609 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
6610 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
6611 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
6612 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006613
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006614 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006615 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006616 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006617 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006618 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006619 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6620 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006621
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006622 // Analyze the return type.
6623 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006624 QualType RetTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006625
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006626 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6627 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6628 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6629 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6630 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006631 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006632}
6633
6634/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
6635/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
6636void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
6637 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
6638 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006639
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006640 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
6641
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006642 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner41b86942009-04-21 22:38:46 +00006643 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006644 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006645 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006646}
6647
6648/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
6649/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006650Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
6651 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9eac9312009-03-27 04:18:06 +00006652 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
6653 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
6654 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006655
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006656 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
6657 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006658
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006659 PopDeclContext();
6660
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006661 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
6662 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006663
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006664 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006665 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
6666 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006667
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006668 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
6669 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
6670 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006671
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006672 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006673 QualType BlockTy;
6674 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006675 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6676 NoReturn);
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006677 else
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00006678 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006679 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6680 NoReturn);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006681
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006682 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006683 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006684 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006685
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006686 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
6687 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
6688 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
6689 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006690
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006691 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006692 CheckFallThroughForBlock(BlockTy, BSI->TheDecl->getBody());
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006693 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
6694 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006695}
6696
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006697Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6698 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
6699 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006700 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(type);
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006701 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
6702 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006703
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006704 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006705
6706 // Get the va_list type
6707 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006708 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
6709 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
6710 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
6711 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006712 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006713 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
6714 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
6715 } else {
6716 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
6717 // it is modified by va_arg.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006718 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006719 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006720 return ExprError();
6721 }
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006722
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006723 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
6724 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006725 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
6726 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006727 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner3f5cd772009-04-05 00:59:53 +00006728 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006729
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006730 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006731 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006732
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006733 expr.release();
6734 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
6735 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006736}
6737
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006738Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006739 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
6740 // pointers on the target.
6741 QualType Ty;
6742 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
6743 Ty = Context.IntTy;
6744 else
6745 Ty = Context.LongTy;
6746
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006747 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006748}
6749
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006750static void
6751MakeObjCStringLiteralCodeModificationHint(Sema& SemaRef,
6752 QualType DstType,
6753 Expr *SrcExpr,
6754 CodeModificationHint &Hint) {
6755 if (!SemaRef.getLangOptions().ObjC1)
6756 return;
6757
6758 const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
6759 if (!PT)
6760 return;
6761
6762 // Check if the destination is of type 'id'.
6763 if (!PT->isObjCIdType()) {
6764 // Check if the destination is the 'NSString' interface.
6765 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl();
6766 if (!ID || !ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSString"))
6767 return;
6768 }
6769
6770 // Strip off any parens and casts.
6771 StringLiteral *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(SrcExpr->IgnoreParenCasts());
6772 if (!SL || SL->isWide())
6773 return;
6774
6775 Hint = CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(SL->getLocStart(), "@");
6776}
6777
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006778bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
6779 SourceLocation Loc,
6780 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00006781 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action) {
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006782 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
6783 bool isInvalid = false;
6784 unsigned DiagKind;
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006785 CodeModificationHint Hint;
6786
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006787 switch (ConvTy) {
6788 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
6789 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006790 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006791 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
6792 break;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006793 case IntToPointer:
6794 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
6795 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006796 case IncompatiblePointer:
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006797 MakeObjCStringLiteralCodeModificationHint(*this, DstType, SrcExpr, Hint);
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006798 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
6799 break;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00006800 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
6801 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
6802 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006803 case FunctionVoidPointer:
6804 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
6805 break;
6806 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00006807 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
6808 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
6809 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
6810 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
6811 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
6812 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
6813 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
6814 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
6815 // C++ semantics.
6816 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
6817 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
6818 return false;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006819 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
6820 break;
Alexis Hunt6f3de502009-11-08 07:46:34 +00006821 case IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers:
Fariborz Jahanianb98dade2009-11-09 22:16:37 +00006822 DiagKind = diag::ext_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch;
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00006823 break;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006824 case IntToBlockPointer:
6825 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
6826 break;
6827 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stumpd79b5a82009-04-21 22:51:42 +00006828 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006829 break;
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006830 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006831 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006832 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
6833 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
6834 break;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00006835 case IncompatibleVectors:
6836 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
6837 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006838 case Incompatible:
6839 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
6840 isInvalid = true;
6841 break;
6842 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006843
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00006844 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Action
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006845 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange() << Hint;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006846 return isInvalid;
6847}
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006848
Chris Lattnerc71d08b2009-04-25 21:59:05 +00006849bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006850 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
6851 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
6852 if (Result)
6853 *Result = ICEResult;
6854 return false;
6855 }
6856
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006857 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
6858
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006859 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006860 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
6861 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
6862
6863 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
6864 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
6865 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
6866 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
6867 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
6868 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
6869 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006870
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006871 return true;
6872 }
6873
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006874 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
6875 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006876
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006877 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
6878 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
6879 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006880
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006881 if (Result)
6882 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
6883 return false;
6884}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006885
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00006886void
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006887Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00006888 ExprEvalContexts.push_back(
6889 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(NewContext, ExprTemporaries.size()));
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006890}
6891
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006892void
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00006893Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext() {
6894 // Pop the current expression evaluation context off the stack.
6895 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord Rec = ExprEvalContexts.back();
6896 ExprEvalContexts.pop_back();
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006897
Douglas Gregorfab31f42009-12-12 07:57:52 +00006898 if (Rec.Context == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
6899 if (Rec.PotentiallyReferenced) {
6900 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
6901 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
6902 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
6903 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator
6904 I = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->begin(),
6905 IEnd = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->end();
6906 I != IEnd; ++I)
6907 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
6908 }
6909
6910 if (Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed) {
6911 // Emit any pending diagnostics.
6912 for (PotentiallyEmittedDiagnostics::iterator
6913 I = Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed->begin(),
6914 IEnd = Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed->end();
6915 I != IEnd; ++I)
6916 Diag(I->first, I->second);
6917 }
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00006918 }
6919
6920 // When are coming out of an unevaluated context, clear out any
6921 // temporaries that we may have created as part of the evaluation of
6922 // the expression in that context: they aren't relevant because they
6923 // will never be constructed.
6924 if (Rec.Context == Unevaluated &&
6925 ExprTemporaries.size() > Rec.NumTemporaries)
6926 ExprTemporaries.erase(ExprTemporaries.begin() + Rec.NumTemporaries,
6927 ExprTemporaries.end());
6928
6929 // Destroy the popped expression evaluation record.
6930 Rec.Destroy();
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006931}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006932
6933/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
6934///
6935/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
6936/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
6937/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
6938/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
6939///
6940/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
6941///
6942/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
6943void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
6944 assert(D && "No declaration?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006945
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006946 if (D->isUsed())
6947 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006948
Douglas Gregor3beaf9b2009-10-08 21:35:42 +00006949 // Mark a parameter or variable declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
6950 // template or not. The reason for this is that unevaluated expressions
6951 // (e.g. (void)sizeof()) constitute a use for warning purposes (-Wunused-variables and
6952 // -Wunused-parameters)
6953 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) ||
6954 (isa<VarDecl>(D) && D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()))
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006955 D->setUsed(true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006956
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006957 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
6958 // an instantiation.
6959 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
6960 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006961
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00006962 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) {
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006963 case Unevaluated:
6964 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
6965 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006966
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006967 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
6968 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
6969 // "used"; handle this below.
6970 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006971
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006972 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
6973 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
6974 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
6975 // potentially evaluated.
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00006976 ExprEvalContexts.back().addReferencedDecl(Loc, D);
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006977 return;
6978 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006979
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006980 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanian3a363432009-06-22 17:30:33 +00006981 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00006982 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian18eb69a2009-06-22 20:37:23 +00006983 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
6984 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
6985 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006986 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
Douglas Gregor507eb872009-12-22 00:34:07 +00006987 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(TypeQuals)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00006988 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
6989 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
6990 }
Anders Carlsson82fccd02009-12-07 08:24:59 +00006991
6992 MaybeMarkVirtualMembersReferenced(Loc, Constructor);
Fariborz Jahanian24a175b2009-06-26 23:49:16 +00006993 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
6994 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
6995 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006996
Fariborz Jahanian41f79272009-06-25 21:45:19 +00006997 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
6998 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
6999 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
7000 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
7001 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
7002 }
7003 }
Fariborz Jahanian49796cc72009-06-24 22:09:44 +00007004 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007005 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
Douglas Gregor4adbc6d2009-06-26 00:10:03 +00007006 // class templates.
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007007 if (!Function->getBody() && Function->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) {
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007008 bool AlreadyInstantiated = false;
7009 if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo
7010 = Function->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) {
7011 if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
7012 SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007013 else if (SpecInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
7014 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007015 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
7016 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo
7017 = Function->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) {
7018 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
7019 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007020 else if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
7021 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007022 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
7023 }
7024
7025 if (!AlreadyInstantiated)
7026 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function, Loc));
7027 }
7028
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007029 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007030 Function->setUsed(true);
7031 return;
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00007032 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007033
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007034 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007035 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007036 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007037 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) {
7038 MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo();
7039 assert(MSInfo && "Missing member specialization information?");
7040 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid() &&
7041 MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()== TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
7042 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
7043 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
7044 }
7045 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007046
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007047 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007048
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007049 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007050 return;
Sam Weinigbae69142009-09-11 03:29:30 +00007051 }
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007052}
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007053
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007054/// \brief Emit a diagnostic that describes an effect on the run-time behavior
7055/// of the program being compiled.
7056///
7057/// This routine emits the given diagnostic when the code currently being
7058/// type-checked is "potentially evaluated", meaning that there is a
7059/// possibility that the code will actually be executable. Code in sizeof()
7060/// expressions, code used only during overload resolution, etc., are not
7061/// potentially evaluated. This routine will suppress such diagnostics or,
7062/// in the absolutely nutty case of potentially potentially evaluated
7063/// expressions (C++ typeid), queue the diagnostic to potentially emit it
7064/// later.
7065///
7066/// This routine should be used for all diagnostics that describe the run-time
7067/// behavior of a program, such as passing a non-POD value through an ellipsis.
7068/// Failure to do so will likely result in spurious diagnostics or failures
7069/// during overload resolution or within sizeof/alignof/typeof/typeid.
7070bool Sema::DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc,
7071 const PartialDiagnostic &PD) {
7072 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context ) {
7073 case Unevaluated:
7074 // The argument will never be evaluated, so don't complain.
7075 break;
7076
7077 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
7078 Diag(Loc, PD);
7079 return true;
7080
7081 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
7082 ExprEvalContexts.back().addDiagnostic(Loc, PD);
7083 break;
7084 }
7085
7086 return false;
7087}
7088
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007089bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
7090 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) {
7091 if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType())
7092 return false;
7093
7094 PartialDiagnostic Note =
7095 FD ? PDiag(diag::note_function_with_incomplete_return_type_declared_here)
7096 << FD->getDeclName() : PDiag();
7097 SourceLocation NoteLoc = FD ? FD->getLocation() : SourceLocation();
7098
7099 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType,
7100 FD ?
7101 PDiag(diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return)
7102 << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() :
7103 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
7104 << CE->getSourceRange(),
7105 std::make_pair(NoteLoc, Note)))
7106 return true;
7107
7108 return false;
7109}
7110
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007111// Diagnose the common s/=/==/ typo. Note that adding parentheses
7112// will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want.
7113void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) {
7114 SourceLocation Loc;
7115
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007116 unsigned diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_assignment;
7117
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007118 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
7119 BinaryOperator *Op = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
7120 if (Op->getOpcode() != BinaryOperator::Assign)
7121 return;
7122
John McCallb0e419e2009-11-12 00:06:05 +00007123 // Greylist some idioms by putting them into a warning subcategory.
7124 if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME
7125 = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Op->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
7126 Selector Sel = ME->getSelector();
7127
John McCallb0e419e2009-11-12 00:06:05 +00007128 // self = [<foo> init...]
7129 if (isSelfExpr(Op->getLHS())
7130 && Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName().startswith("init"))
7131 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
7132
7133 // <foo> = [<bar> nextObject]
7134 else if (Sel.isUnarySelector() &&
7135 Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName() == "nextObject")
7136 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
7137 }
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007138
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007139 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
7140 } else if (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
7141 CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
7142 if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal)
7143 return;
7144
7145 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
7146 } else {
7147 // Not an assignment.
7148 return;
7149 }
7150
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007151 SourceLocation Open = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
John McCalle724ae92009-10-12 22:25:59 +00007152 SourceLocation Close = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007153
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007154 Diag(Loc, diagnostic)
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007155 << E->getSourceRange()
7156 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(")
7157 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")");
7158}
7159
7160bool Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *&E, SourceLocation Loc) {
7161 DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E);
7162
7163 if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
7164 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
7165
7166 QualType T = E->getType();
7167
7168 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
7169 if (CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E)) // C++ 6.4p4
7170 return true;
7171 } else if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1
7172 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar)
7173 << T << E->getSourceRange();
7174 return true;
7175 }
7176 }
7177
7178 return false;
7179}